Blend and Change Colours of Anything, Anywhere in Adobe Photoshop | Quadri Ilebiyi | Skillshare
Search

Playback Speed


1.0x


  • 0.5x
  • 0.75x
  • 1x (Normal)
  • 1.25x
  • 1.5x
  • 1.75x
  • 2x

Blend and Change Colours of Anything, Anywhere in Adobe Photoshop

teacher avatar Quadri Ilebiyi

Watch this class and thousands more

Get unlimited access to every class
Taught by industry leaders & working professionals
Topics include illustration, design, photography, and more

Watch this class and thousands more

Get unlimited access to every class
Taught by industry leaders & working professionals
Topics include illustration, design, photography, and more

Lessons in This Class

    • 1.

      Welcome to Photoshop

      5:22

    • 2.

      Getting started with Photoshop

      21:07

    • 3.

      Basis vs Advanced Photoshop editing

      0:29

    • 4.

      Navigating Photoshop Interface

      35:21

    • 5.

      Customize your Photoshop Workspace

      41:34

    • 6.

      Colour Picker in Photoshop

      58:43

    • 7.

      Warm & Cool Colours

      10:25

    • 8.

      Understanding Hue, Saturation & Lightness

      15:09

    • 9.

      Understanding the master section and slide

      16:14

    • 10.

      Understanding the Hand icon

      10:11

    • 11.

      Understanding colourize

      9:40

    • 12.

      How to change colours with the Quick Selection Tool - Part 1

      27:51

    • 13.

      How to change colours with the Quick Selection Tool - Part 2

      14:00

    • 14.

      How to change colours with the Pen Tool

      27:14

    • 15.

      How to change colours with Layer Mask - Part 1

      27:03

    • 16.

      How to change colours with Layer Mask - Part 2

      15:59

    • 17.

      Fun Project (Citrus)

      16:01

    • 18.

      Basis of Blend Modes

      17:43

    • 19.

      Advanced Blend Modes

      14:38

    • 20.

      Fun project 1

      21:13

    • 21.

      Fun project 2

      19:40

    • 22.

      Fun project 3

      10:03

    • 23.

      Fun project 4

      9:51

    • 24.

      How to blend solid colour with background image

      6:24

    • 25.

      How to blend and change colours with gradient

      20:28

    • 26.

      How to change colours with pattern

      2:47

    • 27.

      How to change colours with Brightness/Contrast

      4:45

    • 28.

      How to change colours with Levels

      11:28

    • 29.

      How to change colours with Curves

      7:18

    • 30.

      How to change colours with Exposure

      1:58

    • 31.

      How to change colours with Vibrance

      1:30

    • 32.

      How to change colours with Colour Balance

      4:07

    • 33.

      How to change colours with Black & White

      4:09

    • 34.

      How to change colours with Photo Filter

      2:40

    • 35.

      How to change colours with Channel Mixer

      1:16

    • 36.

      How to change colours with Colour Lookup

      4:40

    • 37.

      How to change colours with Invert

      0:50

    • 38.

      How to change colours with Posterize

      5:09

    • 39.

      How to change colours with Threshold

      2:00

    • 40.

      How to change colours with Gradient Map

      8:00

    • 41.

      How to change colours with Selective colours

      6:35

    • 42.

      Understanding Photoshop Camera Raw Filter

      24:24

    • 43.

      Understanding Photoshop Filter Gallery

      8:42

    • 44.

      Blending text on materials

      27:45

    • 45.

      Blending text on material and nature

      22:18

    • 46.

      How to create a beam light from a car

      13:54

    • 47.

      How to turn daylight to nightfall

      21:10

    • 48.

      How to steal colours from anywhere

      5:27

    • 49.

      How to save, save as, save a copy and export images

      20:26

    • 50.

      Where to download images from

      23:09

    • 51.

      Conclusion

      0:29

  • --
  • Beginner level
  • Intermediate level
  • Advanced level
  • All levels

Community Generated

The level is determined by a majority opinion of students who have reviewed this class. The teacher's recommendation is shown until at least 5 student responses are collected.

39

Students

--

Projects

About This Class

Do you want to learn how to blend, change, mix and distort colours? This is the right course for you.

This course is exactly what you need and have been looking for. This comprehensive course will teach you all what you need to start your journey towards understanding colour in Adobe Photoshop, you will be taken through the journey on how to blend and change the colour of any image as a whole, any area or section in an image, anything, anywhere in Adobe Photoshop. Whether you are just starting out on colours, blending and changing colours, this course would help you speed up your progress.

This course is different form the other ones you’ll find on Skillshare. Just wait and see, you’ll judge better for yourself!

I'll take you step-by-step through engaging video tutorials and teach you everything you need to know to succeed as a Photoshop expert in colour editing.

The course includes over 3 hours of HD video tutorials and builds your colour knowledge while with real life and fun projects.

Throughout this comprehensive course, we cover a massive amount topics which you will learn in this course

What will you learn from this course?

  • Navigate the Adobe Photoshop interface

  • Customizing the Adobe Photoshop workspace

  • How to use Photoshop Shortcuts

  • How to use my Adobe Photoshop Course Workbook

  • Adobe Photoshop colour picker

  • Warm and cool colours

  • Foreground and background colours

  • How to use and create Photoshop layers panel

  • Understading Hue, Saturation, Brightness (Value)

  • How to use Colourize

  • Painting over objects with Brush tool

  • Selecting specific area with pen tool

  • Using selection tools to change colours

  • Distorting and editing images with different blend modes

  • Learning and Creating with Fun Projects

  • Camera Raw, Filter Gallery and Vanishing Point

  • Blending text on materials and nature in images

  • All Adjustment layers

  • All blend modes

  • Understanding layer masks

  • How to use levels and curves to lighten, darken and edit images

  • How to change images to Black & White and Tint

  • How to change any image from daylight to night

  • How to change backgrounds to any colour

  • How to change classic image to old century images

  • How to create beam lights

  • How to distort images

  • Using the gradient tool to mix and blend colours

  • Learn how to use eyedropper tool

  • Learn where and how to download HD images

  • Saving your projects for print and web

Why is this course different and special?

  • I teach you from beginners’ level to advanced level step by step

  • I teach you with fun projects for more understanding

  • I elaborate and emphasize more on difficult topics and areas

  • I made a workbook available for you to follow along and refer back to

  • I gave you a Photoshop Shortcut PDF

By the time you finish this course you will be able to blend and change the colours of anything and anywhere in Adobe Photoshop. You will be a Pro in your field and surpass your other colleagues because you have learnt more advanced techniques and methods of selecting, blending, editing, manipulating, painting and distorting images,

Most importantly, by the time you finish this course you can decide to specialize in any aspect of designs you will love to go for which include: photography, graphic design, photo manipulation, marketing design, web design, digital design, visual design, social media design, photo editing, front end developer, creative design, UI design, UX design, app design and lots more.

Feel free to ask me any question.

I can’t wait to see you in the next lecture!

I'll see you in the next lecture

You are welcome

Enjoy!

Download the resource files: https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/12dBkzKfwL-NWO2J6Nh0Guzfgmc7o7M0y?usp=sharing

Meet Your Teacher

Hello, I'm Quadri.

See full profile

Level: All Levels

Class Ratings

Expectations Met?
    Exceeded!
  • 0%
  • Yes
  • 0%
  • Somewhat
  • 0%
  • Not really
  • 0%

Why Join Skillshare?

Take award-winning Skillshare Original Classes

Each class has short lessons, hands-on projects

Your membership supports Skillshare teachers

Learn From Anywhere

Take classes on the go with the Skillshare app. Stream or download to watch on the plane, the subway, or wherever you learn best.

Transcripts

1. Welcome to Photoshop: Land and change colors of anything anywhere in Photoshop. Hi, my name is called Real Ba Bartley. I am your instructor for this course. I'm going to teach you how to edit, manipulate, and distort images with the use of colors. In Faber shop, designers over the years have found it difficult to blend and change colors of several images. That is why I have made this course for creative designers, visual and digital designers, graphic designers, photographers, artists, web designers, UI and UX designers, and so on for them to learn and speed up their workflow. This tutorial is broken down into sections starting from the beginning to the advanced section. I'm going to start by taking you through the Photoshop interface, navigating the Photoshop interface, then customizing the Photoshop work space as a creative designer. Next I will put you through the Photoshop color picker, understanding the meaning of color, color theory, hue saturation and brightness. Lgb, CMYK, color, X code, warm and cool colors, and the foreground and background colors. Next, we move gradually to the advanced level. This section I will put you through the Photoshop adjustment layer, Understanding the master section and slide the icon, colorize, advanced hue saturation and brightness. Also, understanding the various selection tools in Photoshop. Understanding the quick selection tool and the pen tool for efficiency and using them to blend and change colors. Understanding layer mask to speed up your workflow and achieve the best result. Next we move to the focus shop blend moves. We start from the basis to the advanced level. We're going to have fun blended the different images, we have to achieve the best result. I'm going to teach you how I made my cost pum nail designed for a luxury brand and a classic watch company. Also changing a classic bicycle image to an old vintage Century image. Next I'm going to put you through the other adjustment layers like gradient color, look up inverts, posterized threshhold gradient map, photo filter, black and white vibrance, solid color adjustment layers, and so on. Next, I will put you through using the Photoshop Cameraal filter and filter gallery, which are more advanced options in Photoshop. Next, I will teach you how to blend text on materials and nature, the text on cloth, wood, rocks, and also on water. Next, put you through some other form projects whereby we will create a beam light from a car head lights and also change day light to nightfall. I'm going to teach you how to use the brush tool to paint over specific areas in images. I'm going to teach you how to use the Hydroper tool to steal colors from anywhere all over the world. Next, I will put you save, save a copy, and export images and documents in different formats. Next, I will teach you where to download HD images of high quality in order to use them for your editing, manipulations and distortion. All the resources used in this course are available for download. Immediately you enroll for this course, you will have access to all the project files used in this course. The exercise files also for you to practice on your own and follow along. Also, I have made this course workbook available for you to refer back to and serve as guidelines for you. Also, the Photoshop PDF shortcut is also available in the course for both Windows and Mac users. I also made available some fonts are course for you to download, use, and follow along. This course is for all leaners, beginners, intermediates, and advanced leaners. Any version of Photoshop is required, but preferably Photoshop Creative Cloud CC. Free to ask me any questions consigning the course, and take your Photoshop colors keys to the next level. I will see you in the next video. 2. Getting started with Photoshop: Guys, thank you for taking this course. Blend and change colors of anything anywhere in Photoshop. In this lecture, getting started with Photoshop, I'm going to put you through the next step now. Firstly, you need to download the resource files for this tutor video as you're watching this lecture. You can download it, or after watching this lecture, you can download it. Actually, you can find the resource files in the project description or the class description in this course. Just scroll down, okay? You would see in the class description also in the class description and the project description, You see down the last sentence in the class description and project description, you see, download the resource file there, you see HTPPla. Just copy that from that H down to the last word in that particular sentence. Just copy the link, then go to your Chrome, then paste it, open it. It brings you where It brings you here. This is where it starts. This is the file. This is the resource file we are using for our class. Now, it's actually bringing you to a Google Drive. Okay? A drive where the resource files are. I'm going to put you through how to download the resource files and I'm going to put you through everything in the resource file for you to be able to understand better. You've been linked here, okay. What do you do? Just come over, just click over here or you click to my drive or anyone. Just actually the most important one is for you to click my drive. We have it here, normally are supposed to be okay. Blend and chain colors of anything anywhere in Photoshop, just double click on it. Then you see all the files. File, okay? You can see the previous file. Click it, goes back. You have the exercise file. Okay. I want to explain this more after we've extracted also in this video, we have the fonts. Okay? You can see them. We have the Photoshop shortcut PDF. Okay, we also have the course workbook. Okay, now I'm going to explain all this in this video. What do you do? You just, you can actually come over your right click and download. Okay. Download or do you just just don't pres, just move your mouse over here and you see what you see. Download, then just click on it. You see something pops up where something pops up here. What happens? Let me bring this up. You can see in 15 that it's going to download five. Do you understand it's going to download in z five? Now you can see it's moving. It's downloading. Move this today. You can see the blue, blue stuff here. Okay, It's downloading. You can see that is the beginning. It's downloading it. Okay. Let me be patient with it. Now you can see this is marked. It has gone. It is marked. You can see over here, it's transferred from here. When you click on this, you can see ng colors of anything in See. It's downloading recently. When it completes its download, it goes where it goes into your download folder. Let's go into the download folder now in the file Explorer. Now we have, we have, we come away what to download, then we're going to extract the file. After download, you're going to have something like this which is a file, okay, Just click on it. You need to extract the file from the z five because you can't use just like that, you have to extract the original file from the zip file. Now what do you do? You must right click. But before you right click, you can see as I over on this, it says words, it says blend and change colors of anything. Anyway, for the type wind row zip archive, probably you don't have wind row on your system. You should get one. Okay. Or you have another type of application you can use that can serve as a Z five. It would actually help in extracting the file. You can IN R, R is a zip archive, something that helps you. It is like a Z application whereby you can be able to extract anything file and to help you out with it, or you have another application apart from that is very good. That is not bad. That's okay. Now, just right click on this, then move towards, you can click on Extract here. But just try, just click on first one, Extract Files. What happens? It tells you the destination path, where it's going to be downloaded, where it's going to be extracted. But don't worry, don't change anything, Just come over and press okay. Because everything that's going to be extracted would also be extracted where you downloaded, where you downloaded files have been saved, just press. Okay, then it's extracts. Just for two. Very good. Now this is the file now and we do what? We double click, fine. You see again and change colors of anything. Anyway, for children, you double click what you have, your file, you can actually change, bring this up. Min is like this, just like let say like in a row. But you can change it to be in a grid for something like this. Okay. But I think it's more preferable like this. It's okay. I like it like this. Firstly, we have a project file. One project file, you double click. This is where you have all the files. Everything. All the files you're going to use as a project file for this tutorial video section one down, way down to the last section, which is what? Section 13. Okay? All the files you need. All the project file. So this is everything you and you would recognize them by. We have section one to 13, section one. If there's a file for section one to be one, but there's no five, section one, no five. Section two, section three. Start from what, section three, then Section 33, down then 333, then four. So all the files are going to use to words ten, section ten. Okay. So everything is intact. Everything is intact. Just just you'll be able to when you need it, you don't worry. When you started to Tori, you're going to see how we're going to be able to open Photoshop documents. Or you can be able to import these images to your Photoshop program. That is it for that. You can come over here P, you can click the back icon off. Just come over and press blend and change color. Just press on this. We have all to exercise files, or we call it practice files. Just double click. You can see that in section 345-67-8910 we have exercise files for you to work on. I want to be able to follow along to be on the Okay. Whenever we're through with Section 345 to ten, okay? These are resources, these are exercise files, assignments for you to work on so that even after the class, you can have something you're working on which would actually help you to improve in your knowledge and to speed up your work. Speed up your talent and everything you have. Through doing this, you'll be able to understand more everything we've been doing. Let's go back blend and change anything. So now we have the funds. Another section in this tutorial, I used a blend. I blended text with materials like the one on rocks and one on water wave. Apart from that, I blended text with materials like cloth wood. I blended text. Again, I use text to design for projects. A form project like a watch company and a type of luxury company where I design luxury, enjoy, enjoy it. I use some funds which probably you don't have those points on your system. You have the funds, I'm going to put it through out to install it. Now you can just click on anyone. You just click on one. Then what's present? What's control? A Neither. You've pressed control what happens. So you just right click on anyone here. Then what's press installed? I have them installed on my system already. That's why showing me the Swiss seven to one L K, T black font is already installed. You want to replace it? And I just press yes. It's going to continue doing this till the end. But what do I do? Just press on this. Do this for all current items. Then what's press Yes. Then it gives on what's installing. It's installed to the end. Now the thing is that it's very, very easy. Now it is installed. It is installed on your system automatically. It is installed into your Photoshial program. Now just go to your Photoshop program, check if it's okay. Just try to use the text and check if it's the God that. Now that's not a problem. When we get to the section, we're going to be using the text. You're going to see that probably your Photoshop is open and you can see it. Close your Photoshop, then reopen again. You'll definitely find it there. That is it. Now. Let me back. Okay. Present this now. That's for the fun. Now we have the Photoshop shots PDF. Photoshop Shortcut PDF is a PDF which let's try to open, which themselves created. It was created for both window users and mark users. For the window users. We have some control, n as n when you come down here. For the Mac users, we have command K command as new. Okay? It depends on the type of program you use, the OS operating system you use. This is for Windows, okay? Every tool you need which is actually made by Ad themselves, every short cut you need is right year for you. And I'm going to be using short short cuts throughout the tutorial. It's year for you to be able to refer back to and to be able to follow along. Okay, apart from that, don't worry. In the next video. In the next lecture. I have another thing is that, luckily for you guys, you can see over here, you can see this thing over here. Whenever I press anything on my left click, you can see it is showing left click, right click on my mouse. Okay, It's showing that it's displayed. Whatever I press, whatever I click on my mouse but also on my keyboard, you can see I'm present on control. I'm present on ships. My space back. It's okay. Present space back. My top arrow, arrow down arrow, left arrow, right. Okay. Right. That was left arrow before this. Left, right arrow. Okay. Now I present on tap, I'm present QE. Can see it's showing plain the keys. I show the keys I press on my keyboard and also the key I click on my mouse. It'll help you to be able to follow along in case I forget to tell you the key I pressed or the mouse button I click, you'll be able to follow along. See I'm using the middle mouse button. Okay. The way to scroll up and scroll down. Scroll up, scroll down, showing now with this you can be able to follow along and using the Photoshop CC ShortcPDF to actually help you to the Pos to be on the same pace and follow along different things we are doing. It's very Okay. Let's move to the next item which is what? Let me come back over here. I have this, okay, then pow. The last one is what, The cos workbook. Now I have the cost work book. Just double click on it. Here, let me bring this on down back now I have the cost book which I made personally myself for a student to be able to follow along whatever I do, because I want to be in the same pace and understand the workbook majorly, majorly blend and change colors of anything. Anywhere in Photoshop is there to guide you, although I've explained everything in this video, in the tutorial video as a whole. But I made a workbook for you to follow along in case you get lost or in case you want to know the next thing, the next lecture, next section we're about to go into. Probably want to know it is like an in an int for you to be able to follow along. You can see where section one it entails, all it contains all the sections and also the lectures we have there you'll be able to follow, you know, the next lecture. Actually, I have some preview of some things you're going to see. Like, for example, navigating Photoshop interface. Then I've explained everything in the tutor video. But this is just here for you to be able to follow, for you to get back to the menu bar, property bars interface on the panel panel, panel two bar home screen icons. These are well labeled. The Photoshopace looks like which I created myself, don't worry, this customizes can see how you're going to learn different ways on how to customize your workspace. It's in the video, elaborately explained, I emphasized better on it. This is like an example of how it looks in color theory. We talk about all the color picker which is being used, RGBC and Y K color x called RGB, HSB satration brightness value. We talk about the foreground color, the background color, about color pick. We talk about warm colors and colors. It's well elaborated, it's well explained in the tutorial videos. Now we have section four. Here we have the for adjustment layers and part one. The pop adjustment layers are the best options, one of the best panels, one of the best things to use. So that's in edited, we have different things like the add icon things, the saturation, lightness, colorize the master section. Everything is here, you understanding, colorized and the like. Everything is in the tutor video. And also we have the part two here using the different selection tools we have. We have the quick selection two, we have the magic one, so two well, polygonal to magnetics to rectangular market to electrical market to simple market to single market two and single color market to different things. He also right here we have the before and after. Before and after of whatever the video tutorial we're going to work on selection today, we're going to arrive at something like this. Very perfect, changing the color of specific leaves, changing color of specific areas. In Photoshop we have something like this. Change this yellow banana to this reddish one. Changing things like using the selection two. Also, sometimes if I want to work for an E Commerce complaint or something like that and you need them, you need just one particular sneakers or just one particular product. And all the colors need to be changed to different type of color. Layer Photoshop can actually do that. What we have, we use layer mask to do all these. Changing from orange to blue to green, something like this. The list. She is being changed and it doesn't affect any other pat. We have the orange, blue, and green. Remember I use the layer Maks to change things like this as to change the automobile cars from different companies, things like that. They're the same cars, but it's the same car, but changing the colors and making things different. Also changing the colors of the apples. Also. We have also, we try to change the color of the red to bring the yellow purple, something like that. It's fun. It's really, really fun. As a fun project, as a Now the is another section I really love so much, the blend mode standing blend in Photoshop. Yeah, actually, right now you can see how this bicycle image looks like. Thereafter, I would be able to change to blend different backgrounds, to blend different colors and we achieved this. It's fun you look at the flower bars and see what we achieved, making this look classic and realistic. Also, look at this very simple photo. See how we changed everything to make it look l, luxurious or luxury. To talk about luxury, look at this watch over here. Look at this watch over here. From this perfect and changing a classic image of a bicycle towards a retro old vintage one. Also. This is the term nail for my tutorial video which you can see. I changed a blended look at this yellow, blended green with the yellow change color of this and try to put some smoke around and change this. Also, apart from that, we have using ingredients. Okay, making this look more realistic, like a cosmetic industry trying to advertise the products using. So ingredients also going to learn a lot of things apart from that. Under this section, the adjustment layer three, we have changed towards black and white is normal. And okay, now we have invert. These are just some other things we have posterized, We have threshold, like an artistic design. Okay, here we have the gradient map. Also how to change colors. Ingredient map, it's basically targets. Gradient map basically targets the highlights and the shadows. You can see the highlights. Only changes to pinkish color, white. The shadows remain black, the weights meant to be. We're going to Led also. Now we're going to the going to learn the fundamentals of the camera filing to learn the future gallery. Okay? Okay. Apart from that, we have the blend. If also we're going to blend, we're going to blend text with material. As you can see how it's been blended, see perfect. To blend perfectly, they would interact perfectly with each other. You can see this also. It is one of the section I so much love. You would have seen that in the introduction video. I was able to blend these waves with the WAVs, with the text there and the beach wave, you can see perfect. Also, I was able to blend this vanishing with the brick, with the rock with the road over here. Apart from that, in this one, we're able to change this image. It fall image whereby we were able to give this car a beam light beam from the head light beam light coming out from the head lights. Perfect. We did all these in only also we change the lights of daytime towards nights follow something like that. This Bob over doesn't have any lights, but we gave it lights and made it shine on everything and not really reflecting everything you're going to lend in this tutorial. Very, very perfect and it's the best. Now we have Section 117 images. How to save and export images. I'm going to teach you that. Section 12, what to download images from website, to download images from like on Splash.com Free pick.com pave, pixel P intras for you to get ideas from how to blend colors and the lights and also the end conclusion, the then video. All these goes a long way along with us to understand. Only in this tutoral video, it's perfect and marvelous. That's it go down after this lecture, after this lecture. The next thing after this is for you to download the cost materials, the cost resources, the resource file. Now after you download it, then move towards, you move to the second section, which is what the Photoshop interface and workspace. And it's begins from there. I'll see you in the next section and lecture. 3. Basis vs Advanced Photoshop editing: If you already know how to navigate the Photoshop interface, then you can move to the next lecture, which is customize your Photoshop work space. Also, if you already know how to customize the workspace, then definitely you should move to the next section, which is the third section, where we gradually begin the advanced level with the adjustment layer, I'll say in section three. 4. Navigating Photoshop Interface: In this lecture, I'm going to teach you how to navigate the Photoshop interface. What we're seeing here right now is what is an interface? Whatever you're seeing on the screen is an interface. Everything, what we call the screen, okay, everything is called an interface. In software it is called interface. But right here this is called, it has a name in Photoshop and it is named the screen. The home screen is somewhere where you see the new file open, whereby we come here to open a new document. Just click on this place, open a new document, or you come over here to file. You open a new document. It's the same thing, it's either in two ways. Sometimes in Photoshop you can arrive at the same answer in several ways in Photoshop. Another thing is just like this is more, you click on this, this is home, fine. As we all know, we're okay. Call it words. The home screen, we have the recent document. Things you just opened like case four days ago, 8 minutes ago, five days ago. Things like that. Things you opened recently. Even if it's like, let me say ten years ago, it's fine. Just like a recent document. Good that you won't go to the extent of going back into the folders and start opening. There are recent documents here for you, just like you see. Just click name by size, by kind, but recent is okay, It's fine. You can actually try to click this like Shove or something like that, but leave it like this is perfect. Another way you can do this is block letters. You can see just like gay in Greece. But this one is like select it in lines. Okay, Selected in lines. But I think the first one, which is like the default from Photoshop is much more perfect. That's good. Now we have what we have, the home screen, we can call it the screen screen also. Welcome screen. Home screen, Welcome screen also. It's okay and fine. From there, we should go to where apart from, apart from coming over to file open, then coming over to open, you can click on new file also. That's normal, you try to choose something. But most of the things we're going to be doing here in Photoshop, we have the images already. So we just need to open, we're not meant to open a new file, just open that particular image, then we begin our work on it. Apart from that, you can come over here also. You can see this icon. Just look on it. It takes you away. It takes you to the main Photoshop icon when we have the work space and the like. Okay, well I'm going to get there. Even want to go back to the home screen? Look at this. We have, we have an icon of just click on it. You're good to go most times. I'm not going to come over after I opened my Photoshop program and I come over here and what I click on this, then it takes me where? It takes me here. So I can just come over, then f, then open. But as someone new to Photoshop. Okay. You can start by opening this or you start by coming over here to fire, then open either of the two. It's fine, there is no problem. But let me use easier way. Just come over here to open Click New. Then I want us to have a document in the canvas. Okay, documents. We'll be looking at those documents. I don't want the canvas to be blank. This is what we call. Okay. I'm going to teach you to cap, look at, want to be a blank like this. Okay? Now, just go back. Come over to open. Don't forget when you come over, you can come to file and open. I don't want to do like that, Just come over to open. Just click on this click and open. It looks open. Perfect. You can see. Now that is good. I want to remind you about something before I proceed. There is a keyboard we have here. Look over here. I'm pressing my middle mouse button, the well up and down. Okay, apart from that, over here, look at this place, look at this over here, what happens? It is showing the keyboard. It is displaying the keys. I am pressing on the keyboard, I'm pressing control. You can see caps lock. You can see Caps lock of caps lock on. You can see Space Bar, you can see three showing 34, showing four. Q Okay. Let me patient. Okay. Another tab. As I'm pressing the keys on the keyboard, it is displaying it is displaying it. Probably I want to press a short cut. And I pressed the short cut and I said it but you were not able to get what I said. Can just come over. For example, just control. You see control. It's a Pre. Let me go back again. Just try to look at this Place Control, what is it control? So now you can be able to follow along using this mouse, because this shows over here. Okay. Anything, Everything over here, it shows what each displays. The key plays on the keyboard. And also the left hand mouse or the right hand mouse or the middle mouse butting. Okay? The left mouse butting, the right mouse butting, or the middle mouse button. On the press, you can see like the scroll. You can see right click, right click, left click. Okay. In the middle Click. Okay. Click the middle. Or I scroll up and down. Both both the keyboard and the mouse. Okay. It displays the key. Whatever I press one click, whatever I press, it shows whatever I press, whatever I click over here for you to be able to follow along. Okay, let me close this for you to be able to follow along and learn perfectly. Okay, so you'll be able to follow along with that as you're looking at it and perhaps prevent you're looking at it, finds not a problem. It's there to display everything it has to display for you. Now that is perfect. Now understanding how to navigate the Photoshop interface. The old screen here is what is what we call the interface. Everything is what is what we call the interface. Now the interface is made up of elements in. The interface is made up of elements in it. Now we have what we call the work spaces and the canvas. You would see this in the workbook after you've downloaded the resources. The resources, you would see the workbook workbook. Everything I'm explaining about interface workshop and what's the canvas is explained there with diagram for you Pole to understand better now what you understand better over here also. Now we have, we have the interface. This is the, everything here is what is the Photoshop interface? And I've said the interface contains different elements, which include what's mainly to the workspaces workspace, okay, and what's the canvas? Okay, when you say the work space, the workspace means naturally in the layman understand, it means where you carry out your work, where your work is being done, like your office, like a small shelf like your kiosk. Things like that, where you carry out your work, where you do your things. Now, wherever you're carrying out your work, you have tools, you have different things that makes your work effective and efficient. Okay, those are what we call the workspace. Over here we have the toolbar. Over here, we have the option bar. Over here we have the menu. Over here we have the tab. Okay, over here we have the window panels. All these are work, All these contains the workspace. Okay? They are the ones that help you to make sure that your work is efficient and effective. They are tools. They are the things you have in your work, in your workspace, in your workshop, in your shop, in your office, to do things for you that helps you to carry out your duties. Okay, so now I subs, that is the workspace. I'm coming back to explain more then after the workplace, we have, we have the canvas. This is what we call the canvas. The canvas is where all the drawings, all the editing, the distortion of the manipulation and everything is done depends on the size of the image. It depends on the size you give to it. It depends on the size you choose and the likes, things like that. For example, for you to see how things are being done in the canvas. I'm coming over, just come over here, press unlock. Good, then come over here. I'm going to teach you about this. Don't worry, just come to the space that looks like cookies. Just come over, Come over to saturation. Now you have this. So now, just like you click olden drug, you can see this is where, this is where everything is what has been adjusted, things have been adjusted, and the changes have been done in the cover, it is not affecting these areas. These are work, these are the tools. These are the options. These are the panels that make work effective and efficient for you in what's in the canvas. Okay, the work is what is where you carry out work, where your works have been done. Where you carry out your work, the place that makes your workbo efficient. Inside the workspace, we have the canvas. We have the interface, which contains elements such as workspace and what. And canvas in a workspace, you find what you find the canvas, just refer to the workbook. You would understand more. Let me repeat myself. We have the interface. The interface is everything. And it contains majorly two elements, which include the workspace and, and the canvas. The workspace is where the work workspace is where you carry out your work. Where you carry out your work, where the tools are present to make your work effective and efficient. The panels, the options, are there to help you carry out your work. The workspace is where you carry out your work the way the work is being done and everything. Don't forget for us to have a workspace. Okay, The canvas is part of the workspace also. The canvas itself is where the drawings, the manipulation, the editing is. What is being carried out is visual visible to us. Okay? The workspace contain tools and legs that makes the work efficient. Why? The canvas is where the work is done, birds at the same time, the canvas is part of the workspace. Why the workspace and canvas is part of what is part of the interface and the interface? Everything. Everything in a. It's simple, very simple. That is basically what we know, the interface. Now we need to break one by one, step by step. Now over here we have words. Let me close this. Let me close this. Okay, let me delete this. Just click. Okay, just right click when you right you see what you see. Delete layer. No worry, I'm going to get here. Yes, fine we have this. It's perfect. Show I leave it like this. Let's leave it like this. It's okay. It's fine. Good. Now we have words. I want to start from words from the left to, to the right. Perfect. Now we have this, which is part of the work space. Now we have this. This is what, the natural way. The default way, whereby we call this the two bar. Okay, the two bar. The natural way. The default way. The default factory setting. Let me use it like that from Photoshop Visor. What just come over phrases, Bses like this. Okay? But firstly, I want us to be on the same pace for you to be able to follow along perfectly without any mistake. Firstly, come over to Windows to Window. Come over to work space and words essential default. Just click on this first. That's number one, probably there's no changes. Fine, that's good. Just come over here again. Come to work space and words reset essentials. Just click on this. Very perfect. Now we're now on the same, on the same pace. But what I want to do now is that I'm going to teach you on the work space and the, don't worry how to use the works, how to customize your own workspace. Which is what is the next lecture after this lecture. But first just come over here. Okay, and what's close Club Group. Fine, we're now on the same pace. Very good. Now for you to be able to follow along, just come over here. I like mine. Just look at this arrow pointing to the right ands just click on it. Don't worry, I'm going to explain that in this video, but I like mine to be like this. Okay, just follow along and you'd understand more. Now, for the tool bar, for the work space, we call this, what we call this tool. I want to move from here, from the left top to the right. Okay? Now this is what we call what we call the tool bar. Okay? Now the default Photoshop setting of the tool bar is words, come over here and press the right arrow, okay, down. Normally you own, might have been like this before when I said you should try to expand, you did that. Now. What's collapse normally? Normally, the Photoshop default tool bar is what is collapsed. Okay. But because my screen is very big, probably some of you have a very small screen. My screen is very small. Okay? Some of you might have a large screen whereby you'll be able to see everything completely. I'm seeing everything completely, but I don't really like the way it is. Okay. I did what I decided to click on the right arrow. Okay. The arrow points to the right hand side. Then what expand? I've been able to expand it. That's what expand and what you can try. You can decide what to collapse back. It's your choice. Okay. But my own screen is too small. Okay. Probably using a big screen. My screen is too small. Afterwards I have to expand, expand, collapse. I expand, collapse. It depends on the one that suits you. So that is a problem. First. First we have the tub is where the tools All the tools in Photoshop or what are kept over here for you to use at anytime you have access to it. Anyone is okay. This is what I want to use to make my work efficient and effective. Now, for example, we have the most used to. You can see whenever you just come over here, don't click it just over, just put it just over on it. Just put it there anyway. It will show you what, a preset show you a preview. A real time preview of whatever, whatever the two do, you would know. Okay, this is what it does is it is used for something like that. That's good. Now let's come over here. Let's come over and click this. You can use the move to okay. You can click and drag. Probably probably just press Confused. That is for what do or you come over it and what do delete layer. But I've done the undo already. I've done the confused probably. Yours is what? Yours is locked, probably is locked like this, it is locked. If a layer is locked, when you click old Affect, it won't drag it. It's draggable. If that is correct, it could not use the move to because the target channel is press Okay. What You would have to unlock. Now when you unlock, you can come over a click. Odd Perfect. That's just like the most used to which is what the move to. We also have other tools like rectangular mark two for selecting. We have just also the polygonal lasso to for selecting different things. We have the brush tool for painting. You can see different things. It's different things. You can see click odors, can see something like this. Okay. But we don't need that, just confused, just for us to know. These are the tools are what we use tools for. And like things like that, we have to bar over here. Over here we have the Property bar. The Property Bar. Now whenever you press a tool, it comes with its features, its properties or options. Property Bar is also called Option Bar, okay? Now, when you click on, when you press move, you can look at its own options. When you press on, you can see this one. They drop two. Sorry, I forgot the drop two. What happens? It shows its own options and properties. When you click on the text, you can see it to change. You can see it has changed. When you click on what happens, it changes. That is, whenever you click any tool over here, it's options and properties appears here. Okay. Now the Tuba and the property or option awards. They are interrelated, they are dependent on each other. Okay, Now we have the to property or option, which are part of the workshop workspace. Sorry. Now we have the tab over here. The tab, We're going to learn more about the tab in lectures to come, okay, and lectures to come. When we talk about customizing the work space, which is the next lecture. Now we have this parapet. We close. This happens, going to tell you, yes, press come over here and open again. Just like this is the document we opened. Okay. You can come over to try to open this again. This is the first document. This is the second doc for documents that have been opened. Okay. For documents that have been opened. Okay. Now we can see everything. You're going to end that more. When we get to customizing works photo shop close, you don't need this. That's perfect. So now we have the menu bar, we have the menu panel or something like that. Let's call it the menu bar. This is where we have more advanced settings. In photo filter, we have the filter gallery. We're going to get to the filter gallery, The camera, we're going to get camera vis, we're going to use the vanishing points. Also we have the noise where we are going to use the add noise. Okay, we have the file open, file open, close, all close, save as we're going to get to save, save a copy export. Okay, we have also like we have the undo, the redo. Okay, the control is the undo. Why? The do is shift control plus, okay, that is the redo. We have different things here. We have the color setting, we have the feel, we have the search. Okay. Apart from that, we have, we have images, okay. Image, auto, tone, auto, contrast. We are talking about layers here. Okay, apart from that, we have Select Filter and the like. This is a menu where we have the advanced, where we have more advanced effects to be used in. Corridor in Photoshop. Apart from that is another work. This is another element that is contained in the workspace and also in the interface. Now we have color, we have swatches, we have gradients, we have pattern. For example, I can add more. Okay, I can remove, I can structure, I can add. Okay? We're going to learn how to arrange more of the when we get to the next lecture, which is customized. How to customize your workspace whenever you need something here, which you're expecting to be here, it's not here, okay. Just come over to the window, find them here. Just just click on them. What happens? They appear, okay. For example, when we uncheck the layers, it's not existing. Where is it? Just come over to Windows and click on what's layers? Layers is back, for example. Let's take one away from here. Let's take columns away from here. I clicked old D. Let me contrast would not work. Contrast just close when you come over to Windows. And what's press color. Color is back. Fix it anywhere you feel like. Fix going to learn about swatches. You're going to learn about swatches, gradients, patterns. We're going to learn about that perfectly. Though. Doesn't have a problem, we have that, okay. Now, for example, as we've said, this is a windows panel we don't have. Let's take for instance, for instance, you want something else? Brush setting. Okay. It's poppy, probably, I don't need it. Just look at this. That looks like a net black. Just click on it, bring it out then then close it. You don't need it at all, Probably you don't need this one also. Just bring it out. Okay. Or you want to expand, see expanded wards or you collapse back or you just click old and drag and try to return when you see the blue line over here. Yeah, not just putting it, put it here. Trouble, big trouble. Just click old and drag And put this way. Good to go. Now part of the workspace is what is Windows panel over here? Okay, another thing is now that we have the layer, we can create layers. We can do these layers. What are layers? Layers like flat documents. They're like flat papers that are stacked on each other. Their words, they are stacked on each other. Okay. That is the one above, okay, covers everything underneath. Except it doesn't cover the all canvas in its Ole position. Now firstly, we, when we first open a layer, when we first open a document, the layer will be what will be locked. Just try to click in words and unlock. Okay, to press the move, to then click and then contra. But when you lock is what happens. You click odds not happening. You have to be very conversant with that. Now the first thing is what? You unlock the layer, then you select to select a layer in Photoshop is very important. Now you can create a new layer by clicking on, by pressing plus, plus, plus, plus. Then you can arrange and re arrange. For example, I want this, all these layers are empty. But what I want this to be at at the topmost. Now you can see that these ones are empty, but they are not covering this. Why? Because they are empty, there is nothing inside it. Can't cover everything here. Just click, holding, drag like this. You can see the blue line, the blue highlights. You drop it whenever you want to drop it. You can arrange a and just bring four under, under the zero. You can bring this back. Then what's up, It's left to you just how perfect we want it to look like. Okay, apart from that, we can click on this. This is on top. Or what's visible. Invisible, visible invisible. Now, apart from that, we have, we have this, the layer start. We are using the layer here over here. Okay, we have the layer mask. We're going to learn more about the layer mask perfectly with images that would help us with images that we would be able to use the layer mask on. Images that would help us to understand more as form projects. Okay, now we have the adjustment layer. We have a section on the adjustment layer. Perfect. You would love it. This is to group like click on group just. This down, Like you are trying to create groups, okay? For example, when you want to create groups, you can click this, present control, click, click, click, click this, then you can write. Click. When you write, click on one of them, What do you do? You group from layers, then you go to group two, then that's okay. When you click on this, what happens? It shows that these are the things you group. There's another way you can do it. Just contra it. Now we have this. Just click control, Click, click, click, click. What do you do? This is what to group writes. You can click hold and what, and drag it over here. Then what? Then drop what it's create the group the same thing as when you want to delete something, you can click hold and drag it to the words to the ben can or trash can. You use what you dropped, they are gone. Good part of how to navigate the interfaces possible to zoom in and zoom out. I'm going to teach you the shortcut, but first, the first way to do this is come over here. You can see it shows us that is what is highlighted over here, that is what it is. A shortcut is zoom to no problem. Just click on this. When you click on this, it's property, just come over. Just click once you know what I'm going to teach you very fast process, to proper fast process ways to zoom in on the out. Okay? Just click, click, click, click. It's zooming in little by little, then I want it out. What do I do? You come over here, This is adding zooming in the zooming out, then click on this one. What happens? Click, left click, right click, click, click, click, click, click, click. Very simple, have more simpler ways than this. Just come over here again. Then you can click, hold and drag. Click O and drug. Click Oden, Drug, Drug, Click Oder. And drug. And it's gets there. Okay? But you don't need too much. And like you want to press this and start pressing want, use the minus, the zoom. The start, present and present. It's going to take time. What do you do then? The short cut as it. What is the short cut forward to fit to screen. What is the shortcut? But firstly, you can just come over here. Okay, I'm still using the zoom to, what do I do? Click on Zoom over again. Then what's fit screen? The perfect, no waste of time. For example, you plus, plus, plus, plus, plus, plus, plus, plus. What do you do? Fit screen. That's a very fast. Also when you click, click, click like this, this fits to screen. Field scream field screen would actually cover almost everything you can see. Screen is like this. Fieldcres screen is like this. I prefer the fit screen. Okay. It's fine. It's natural. It's very, very okay. Now you can do, this is what Let me just zoom in pros by pressing control plus zero on your keyboard. Control plus zero, and you got to go. Another way you can do it is by words. Come over here, navigate, click code, and drag up and down. Okay, the one that suits you. Okay? And you click hold and drag. Another way you can do another one. Mostly, mostly is the word. You press control zero, that's screen. Then you can press control plus, minus, that's what it zooms out. Press on control words and plus plus in that, in that key you can see is equals to five. That's not a problem, but the normal thing is control plus. Then instead of pressing control plus minus, like this, what do you do? You press control, zero fits to screen. Words fits to screen perfect. Another one, which is like the last one I use and I use often, is words. I press on out. Even if I've, I've chosen the zoom to, what do I do? Decide to just choose the move to tool? I prefer so far. I, I press on the old key downwards, then use the middle mouse button, which is scroll, then scroll in a zoom in. So far I'm still pressing, I'm still holding the old key. I've zoomed in using the middle mouse button, the wheel to zoom in. Okay. Why zooming out words? Use also the middle mouse button. Why still pressing and holding the old old key? Use the middle mouse button. Ward to zoom out. Like the roll you, you scroll backward to zoom out scroll. Forward toward them. In all these, control plus zero is what fits the screen very sometimes you can just use odds to adjusted by rolling, by using the scroll, moving wards backward. You can see that's okay to actually help you to go a long way. To help also, apart from using the outs, for example, I used the outs, okay. I am pressing on the odds then the minim scrolling in and it's like I want something around the side. Around the side or probably around the side. Okay. I need to get it perfectly. What do you do? There are other ways we can navigate. Just press on what? Just press on H. You can see just press on H. Then click Odds and Drug. Like this, okay? Click, drug. Click and drug. Even while using the hand to lick, you can zoom in and out. Don't press on that, just use the words odds. Press on odds, the middle mouse, but in the scroll out. Okay, keep, keep moving the way you want to move. Keep moving the way you want. It's okay. So now let me contra put it, put you through again. Now for example, I just out sky and zoom in, zoom in, zoom in. But I need to get to somewhere different, like to the right hand side. You don't need to start pressing contra, just just press, okay. Or you hold space bar, hold your space burden. Click. Click Odds too big, Just press on O. Then scroll out, scroll backward, click. Click. Okay. Something like this. Okay. This is perfect. Something like this. Move like this. If you own also it's malfunctioning. Just click once or double click. It happens like that. It's a program, sometimes even function will malfunction. In some ways you get angry. You have to, you have to close the program, then restart the program again. This is very good. We have this, that is it. I will see you in the next lecture, where we're going to be worth customizing our workspace to suits our work and also help us to speed up our progress and our learning. I'll see you in the next lecture. 5. Customize your Photoshop Workspace: In this lecture, we're going to learn about how to customize your Photoshop work space perfectly the way it's meant to be. The reason why we are still here in the home screen here is that I want to, I want to choose another image. I don't want to use the same image you use here last time. Last time we use this open, just come over, just come to open. We still have this actually table here because your system would remember whatever you've used before here. You choose this, choose. Okay. Let's just click on this. I think this should go. Well, let's click, let's use this. Yes, then open, so that's good. Now we have this, as I've said, Control plus W plus zero. Okay. Then use your out, Press on your out. Then use the dimpling. Scroll out a little bit, and that's okay. It's fine. You want to scroll more, find? No problem. That's okay, it's good. Apart from that, we should click on this, unlock the layer. See if Unlock the layer, That's good. Everything now is back in normal. Click on this, just select the move to go back. Because the move to is something that should be referred back to almost every time, almost every time. Because whenever you want to do something, the move tool is just like the normal after everything you've done, you go back to it. It's just like the fundamental, just like the basis, the foundation of every other tool. You know, you're in Photoshop customizing your workspace. In Photoshop, it's very easy. As I've said earlier, the interface contains the work space and the layer and the Canvasser. But here in the workspace, the work space itself does not contain the interface. Okay, It is part of the interface. Okay? But the workspace contains the work space itself, which is the tuba menu, the property bar, and the legs. As it contains the canvas. It contains the canvas. Okay, now we should learn how to customize our workspace to fit whatever we do. Now there is something I want us to understand. Also, there is something called Tab. Photoshop, automatically the default Photoshop. It is opened in Tab. But if you feel like you can open Photoshop in Windows, one way you can do this is click here. Not just click and leave click. You can say I'm holding on it even when you check over. You see the left click, it has been held. Click, drag it down. It's removes, it's out from the tab. This is a window, just a window opening. Now what you're going to do is just return it back. It goes back to the tap. The reason why is that it's, it's mix. The image is well accessible. Okay. Now let's do it like this. Just come back to file open the, let's use this this time around, okay? Click on this, then select this. Press control, the select this, okay? In a way you want to select two or more things, okay, Shift. But sometimes when you shift, it multiplies its copy and paste whatever you're doing. You click on Pre Control, because control will actually control it. I think something like that. To click, click this, press control and click, click, click whatever you want. You can see it's copying. Also sometimes contrary self malfunctions, Just press control, it goes back to normal to work like that, just click on this and press control, then click on this. Two. Is the press open? You can see where it's going to open. You see what's happened over on this. It was highlighting something like gray color. Okay. The type of window you've selected. The type of let me say documents you've selected will be something like this. Whereby like three P at system 0.7% would be in white. If you haven't selected it works, it would be great. Let me click on this. This is selected, This is selected. Do understand? What I want to understand now is that when I click Remove this out, this becomes a Window Documents. Click and move this out. This becomes a window document. Click. Move this out. Because documents, sometimes you might see some professionals working in things like this the way they prefer. It's their works, that's what they like, that's what they want, this is what they prefer, okay? They like to work like this, like this, okay? Use this, other ones like this and work on it differently. It depends on them. It's they have it done. That's where they want to customize our workspace. But what Photoshop has been able to make us understand that we think this is the best for you, this is the default. But we're going to change. It's fine. Do you understand? Now, let's take it back to the way it's meant to be, which is a tab document, not the window document. We don't want a window document. I don't like it. Instructors might like it, some people might like it. Fine, Not for me. What? You click and drag it when you see the blue eye light drop, you've created it back here. Also also you click this old, when blue highlight, you drop it. You click this old drug, Bluelight. What do you do? Drop, you can be able to show, you can top like this. This very easy Photoshop has actually made it very easy for us to be able to go to that extent. It's very easy and simple. You want now this is the tab, I wanted to understand something again. There we have in the tab, we can actually arrange them, organize them in the way we want. Photoshop, easier for us. You click probably. I want to put the three at the end. This three D to be the first, the second then it should be thought inside of this. The third before should be the second. Now this has the second before she be first non, and first before she be the last, I have to take this old rack down. But as a technique is the way you have to do it. How do you do it? This is it. I'll show you how to o troubleshoot wherever you have a mistake here. When you click old and drag, you need to make sure it is what it is going in line, just like a train. But when you make a mistake of dropping it down, there is a problem. It goes back to the window. To the window, documents. And we don't want this, you have to fix it back into the space. When you fix it back, what happens? It would actually go back to the end, but this is how to do it. Okay. Now this is here at the first position are the best way to do it. Just click old and make sure it doesn't come down. If it comes down for you to go back, it's minor, be normal way. You can see it at the end, you can see how do you do? You click old and drag the second one has come to as well as automatically move to the first position. Then you see the top portion go back, would go automatically to the second position. Now you see, but make sure it doesn't drop down. Do you fix it? Dates. Okay. Is back at the end of what do you click? Old Dra goes in that line, do you drop? That's the way to arrange, disarranged, organize, and disorganize. What's it called, your documents? Which is the window. Which is the tab document. Do you understand It's very, very elected. What do I do know? You can close the tab and it will affect you. Just click, you can see the cancel you close because I don't need it. And probably let me click on this. Probably you can see it's closed without even bringing out any option that. Do you still water delete or yes or no cancel Reason why it's that reason why it's happened like that is that I have not worked on it at all. Now for example, if I come over, just click on a rectangular market with engines do like this, do something like this that go back to the move to the rectangular market will still apples going to lend that in a section called that is in the section whereby we use the selection tools. Okay, so now we have this. You can see what is happening when I decide to just what happened. I have no work, just selected. Let me come here. Just spoken something like this. So now I have this. I don't want to use a market to a game. It's just, it's just selected. Let me just use this. Now. Let me use brightness and contrast, okay? Let me make this one bright, okay? For example. Or no less bright, something like that, contrast. Now, there's an effect already. When I come over the effect, I've made adjustments. I've edited this. When I try to cancel what happens, It shows save changes to the Photoshop. To the Photoshop document, it shows me because I've made little adjustments to this image. What would I say? I tell them yes, I told them, I tell them, Counsel, don't worry. At the end of Don't worry. There's another section whereby Google, how to save your Photoshop, how to export your images, how to save your images, how to do different things concerning saving, Exporting the Met, saving, Jpeg PNG and the like. Okay, going to lend that you want to save? Just going, yes. Okay, bring something, it pops up whatever. I want to save it, whatever want the file to be saved. Okay. But I'm not saving So just cancel them, come over here, cancel them no, and it's gone. It's gone. Just try to close this also. Now back, just click on Unlock the Background, a background layer. Now what we're trying to do is to customize our Photoshop work space. Now you can see the way the Photoshop work spaces. Let's go back to our windows, normally window workspace. Then we have essentials whereby nothing will happen. We click on Recess, all these albums, This is the normal Photoshop. What space the default one photograph, any aspect, any nature into any skill. This is where you see. It's left to you to do what I just to make sure things are in order the way you want it to be. Okay. Now, one way, the way I like mine to be a word is the properties bar, which actually shows the adjustment layer. The adjustment layers, we can find everything is perfect layer. So I don't need it. Also, the libraries. I don't need the library for anything. What do I do? I click on the space. So when I try to place to select, close, it's close. It closes. If it's correct, it closes. Only the liver. Then what leaves this? What I do. I don't need everything. So I have to do, I have to do what's close. Because this one too long. So even if anyone you click on find closed up. Look, even if it's this stop group, close this where I like it to be. When I'm designing, I start to make sure to adjust my work space where I want. Apart from that, I would actually choose something like this. The saturation, okay, me choosing the sufficient. Something comes back, right? But I do, I click on the properties, you can click on this hold and drag out. Okay. Then try to expand. Do something like this. Put it somewhere here for you to use. Don't worry, I'm going to teach you how to save workspace, okay? Something like that. But I don't want, this is expanded, okay? Just you can try to expand and collapse. Expand and collapse. Expand and something like that. Okay. This actually now this is, you can close this. Just close, you don't need this because Ion myself. So click old and drag. Which I did actually. You can see normally this, how I like my work space to be something like this. Then on like this T, this was what I clicked. You can see the click like this, like this. Anyway you prefer, but I prefer like this, I start working on it. Something like this, change like this, change the price saturation, reduce the lightness and things like that. Just reset back to default. This is how I like my workspace to be, just click odd, start working. Even if I change, even if chip of adjustment layer, what happens, It goes on and on. Everything changes there, in and there, okay. But what I wanted to understand now, this is the way I set mine. Okay? I don't need this. Just click on this, click Olden drug. This clicker drug, then fine. What happens here is that I want us to understand something. Photoshop itself as default work spaces for people to use without even you customizing it. Come to Window Workspace, click on Three D. That is the preset work space here, Three D, for some reason, into three D. So into graphics, and works into motion, into painting, into photography. Do you understand Now, when you click on Three D, it shows you the work space with the workspace which has been preset by Photoshop itself, the company that if a three D user, you would need things like this. You need things like this. The history panel to show you all this was what I did can see. I opened, I make layers. I use new saturation layer. The history panels makes you remember whatever you've done. You can probably can go back to it and use it, but I don't need that. I don't need. You can try to collapse that back. Now, another thing, you can use the brush setting to a brush brush setting. As a three D artist, you need something like this. The brush brush setting and also the clone. Source it as the text to the characters and the like it as a preset for you that tells you, oh, this is something you can use to your own advantage. You can customize. You can decide, I don't like this. You can click hold and drag it out. You close it, I don't want this. Or you can click old and drag it out. You can actually expand it. Do or you collapse it back or you close it. I don't want this. This one at the median. Click, drag. You click and drag. I want this one fine. You expand, you try to bring it somewhere here. I don't need it anymore. You collapse, you don't need it, or you come to Windows, try to adjust yourself. Oh, I need something like this. I need libraries. It shows up. Start using close. I need channels. Shows up, I need the histogram. Histogram shows. Tutora shows all those ones that are not checked. You want to check them? I need shapes. Shapes comes out. The three D artist photographers actually helped you to select Sometimes when you don't need them, what do you do? You click hold and drag them out. The close them or I don't use this for my own three D design. And apart from that, fine, it has been process. Or you need something new you've removed or you want to include something now. Probably want to include materials. Materials. So you have something like this. Probably we don't have any material right here now. That's the reason why we just have an image. So we have materials here, lighting and the like. It depends on how you want to adjust it. Okay, that is 43 D. You can see it is checked now. Graphics and we you also have your own process, also different graph. You can see the color palette here. Actually, it's much more different from you. It is some way it has been process for you. Also, graphics and this is motion, people were into motion design. Motion graphics, you can see for you to be able to play the timeline, create the videos, things, right? You can see the workspace is entirely different from the workspace we've been seeing before. Okay, we will have more and more things here. More and more windows here we play where actually you can play the actions into. You're not going to use that to, it's meant for other purposes. The painting. Painting as a painter. Okay. Like an artist. Okay. You need the switches then I'm going to teach you very much Well, about the switches, you need the swatches. Okay? Navigator, something like that. Okay? But swatch is more important. Okay. Apart from that, there is some for the photographer also need something like this. Photoshop actually processed everything for you. Everything it's left for you. Okay. I don't want this. Remove this. I don't. Let me expand it. Or let me collapse it back then. Let me just close it. I don't need it. Something like that. Something now you can even create, but you can create own workspace by coming towards new workspace. Another thing is to reset a workspace. Now, I mean, the photograph work space. Okay, probably have done, I've done something like this. I took this, tried to disorganize. I took this deleted, deleted expanded. Did it like this? Something like this. I scattered everything. Everything is scattered. What is happening? I can't find them. Again, you don't have any problem, just come back to Windows workspace reset photograph, it goes back to normal. It goes back to normal. Okay. Poss made everything very easy for us. The purpose of reset essentials, the D resets graphics and web resets photographs. We disarranged disorganized something mistakenly. Purpose, like intentionally. What do you do you reset? When you reset, it goes back to the way it was from the beginning. Do you understand? It's very, very simple and very normal like that. Now, let me go back to the words essential default. Now, in the essential default itself, when I just come like this, take this away, disorganized, or how would I get this? But just put this one here. This one, I don't know how to arrange it, but it's very simple. You can arrange it, but just come up by when you see the blue yelightsjt click, oldest click, old drug. The blue, just put it there, it's going to arrange for us. You can just tb between them. Okay. Something like that. Okay. But w disorganized everything like this, what do you do? Just go back to windows, what do you do? You reset essentials and it's back to normal. Very much back to normal for bam's easier for us like that, you come to windows, now we're going to lend out. To create a new workspace. How to create a new workspace. And how to deal a workspace. Now, in creating a new workspace, you have to be careful. Okay, let me click on this blend and change. I created this workspace myself. The workspace I created myself. We can se when I was in the essential workspace Essential, there was nothing on the space, okay? And that's how I like my workspace to be. Now when you click, because this is the workspace I created myself, blend and change when I deal with colors. When I use the change, what you see, it's, it's all essential. Default workspace disappears. This is where I want my thing. Whenever I come over here using the adjustment, what happens? It's everything occurs. I don't want it to be somewhere, yeah, like before, which is like the default stuff for the Photoshop. I clicked old, removed it, put it somewhere. In words, start using it. Okay. So this is layers. Layers. Just stick on this. Start using it, put it somewhere. I didn't put it here, I put it here and there's an highlight. The be problem to actually put it would actually be, even if it's like this, what happened? What do you do? Come over to window the words you will reset, blend and change, it goes back to normal. Let me try it again. Probably you put something in the just drop what's happening. You can actually come over it and just do something like this. But there might be a problem. You might be able to set it perfectly. Just click, Take this one away, It is attached. What you do, then bring it back. It's normal back like this. But if you can't, it's like this. You try to remove it. When it comes like this, just go back to Windows. Okay. Work space, it is actually blend and change actually. Then you reset the blend and change. That is your resetting it back the way it is the default, the way it's meant to be. Then reset, blend and change and it goes back to normal. Because I have saved it as the default I'm going to teach you how to save. Now let me move away from the work, from my blend and change workspace and move to the essentials. So because this was a normally in my blend and change workspace, but when I came back, it's because this is the way it's meant to be. I changed and customize my workplace the way I want it to be. Now let me go to reset essentials because I don't like seeing things like this, that I like something like this. Now we have to understand this aspect. We want to customize a workspace right now. When you want to customize a workspace, try as much as possible to always be in, in the essential workspace. Because from the essential work space, you can be able to create any workspace you want to create. You can create from other workspaces. Also like the photograph workspace, the Plenti work space, the three day workspace, the painting workspace. Fine, but just maintain yourself in the essential workspace to really help you and go a long way, Okay? Now, when we have this now, do you do just that, scattering, anything you want to scatter? Just take something. You painter, I love switches. I want switches to be here. Okay? I want to be always here. This is what I want. I want gradients to be somewhere right here. Okay, switches. Just make sure it's not going to distorts, not going to distort whatever you do. It's not going to prevent you from designing. Probably you like something like control. You press some control minus like your images to be very far like this. Fine. It's okay. It's okay. It's fine. Okay, just put something here. When you do. I want my colors to be something like that. You've customized, the exciting, probably you can just actually come out, then come out, you have something like this, you like something like this. Fine, there's no problem. You can put, probably can't expand this anymore. You can collapse anymore. It's okay. Now just try to bring it somewhere. Just put it there so you can actually, from something like that. Now these are you like a work space to be, for example. You can actually bring the pattern here also. This is the way I want mind to be, okay? This is the way I want to be. Probably you want it longer. You want swatches, gradient color part time, okay? You want, okay, now I want color to be somewhere, okay? Then you use control plus words plus, plus something like this. And you start designing. Start changing colors, start doing different things, gradients. And you have it like this. This is how you want your workspace to be. When you want to say something, you don't want to, you want to, you want parties, switches, gradients, you want China, you want pattern, you want layers. You want your color. We longer you prefer? I want to save it because when you start resetting something because we are essential work space, how do you save your work space? You come over to window, then new work space, then you save. Now you can actually just put something like, oh, practice, practice, practice. Like this, practice exercise, okay. Sometimes you tend to forget things. Exercise where we have caption panel location, blah blah. Hand, we have keyboard shortcuts, we have menus, we have tuba. It's very important, Don't worry, I'm going to get to the keyboard. Shortcuts, the menus and the tub. Try as much as possible not to touch the keyboard. Shortcut the men raising his Photoshop knows the best for you. That's giving you the best. As I've said, we have photo shortcut PDF where you can actually see where all the shortcuts are. You don't have any problem, you start changing and changing things. You need to remember whatever you used. Okay? I don't see any reason why you should change. It's good if you want to change to make your work easier, fine. There's no problem. But I would like to pre leave it like that. I want to check boxes. I will leave them. What unchecked? What do I do? I say now what happened? We have what we call the exercise work space. This is it. You can see we have reset exercise. But there is something you have to understand. Again, when you go back to essential defaults, you find it should be a new work space which is only meant for exercise. Okay? The reason why I still like this is that you just cancel it. You would find it. You find it. Just cancel. It's gone. You just have to cut. Because that is the foundation. You created it from there, Okay. Now when you go to Window, then click click Exercise. Whatever the workspace you create yourself would actually be, would be above every other default workspace that has been created by Photoshop. What do you do? Let's go back to Exercise has been saved. Okay, now let's go back towards essentials. It's got, because I've canceled it from the essentials. We can tug between the different, this plan and change. You can see this is exercise. You can see this is essential defaults. You can see it's very simple. Now you can delete work space. So I want to delete this exercise work space. Okay, When I say you click, just come over here, delete work space. Where you have to understand very well is that when you come to Windows, we want to delete a workspace. Make sure you are not in that work space to delete that work space. For example, the exercise workspace. Now I try to come to Windows, the words come to, or I don't need Windows, I want to delete. Don't need exercise workspace. I want to do, what do you see? It is active, you can't delete. You can't select delete or you prefer to delete something else. When you want to delete the workspace, make sure you're not selecting the workspace at first. Go to another workspace. If come to three day workspace for example, then go to work space again, then delete workspace. Then you can be able to delete the exercise work space. You can say the three day workspace is active. You can delete. You press Onwards. Exercise, what, do you did it? And that's simple. You did, we don't need the exercise workspace. We did it. And you come over here, you can find the exercise workspace anymore, it's gone. Go back to the essentials default. Now that is. For that what we have to understand is again that the keyboard shortcuts and mems. Actually you can lock, let me talk all this first. You can lock a workspace. Locking a workspace, I don't see anything important. I don't see the essence of, let me expand this back collapse. I don't see the essence. Yes, one of the reasons why it is being collapse is that when you the work space, it would actually be collapsed. It will actually be collapse because there's a default. But my screen is very big, so I prefer to to be expanded. Let me collapse it again and go to another work space unless changes. Okay. It's not changing problem. Probably if I have actually saved to be expanded in any work space, it maintains the expansion. Do you understand? It maintains the expansion. It's. In any workspace. Saved it as except I go back to my essential default, it's been collapse back. I like to be expanded. That is it. Let's try. Let's see what happens. Let's look at this now. And I try to try to bring ChinelI click, Odd, click, Olden drug. Sometimes you have to understand all these programs, Sota we use. Sometimes they tend to malfunction probably. Maybe you've opened the app for too long. Most times you have to just close it and open again. Because when you see things like this malfunctioning because this is something we lose money. Okay. It's been long my system has been on. I'm trying to click order and bring it's not happening. Way troubleshoot is just closing the program. When you close the program, what do you do? You open the program again and everything is back to the. So let me just try this research essential, then you can see what is happening. That's not a problem. Let me continue, that's a problem. Continue Essentials The Research Essentials. I'm going to click on this close up group, click on this, click and drag this down. Then delete, which I have taught you before. As I've said, I'm seeing something where this window, this tub is collapsed. The word happens, I'm going to expand it, Then save this work space. Something like expand, expand the, save. The difference between the essential work space and the words expand workspace. We are looking at the tub. I have saved it in the tub. The words that have saved it in the expand workspace that the tubhould be expanded. Why redo collapse? Now this is collapse, and the only thing that will change here is the tube essential work space. Let me expand work space. You can see it maintains whatever I have saved. It maintains the two words, expanded. Now let me come back to, let me come back to the essentials. It maintains to be collapsed. It's very simple. Whatever you save the maintains, let me delete the expired workspace. It's come for life. Now, I wanted to understand something. As I've said, lock in the work space. I don't see any essence in. Just let's unlock. That's good. That's all. Now come over and do click on the keyboard, Shortcuts and Men. Now what we have to understand here is that men like the file menu, the edit menu menu, and the like, they have their shortcuts. Fine, I understand. I'm not coming here to the menus, I'm coming over here with the keyboard shortcuts. Keyboard shortcuts, everything that the Photoshop default as I've said. Try as much as possible not to change anything because it can distort the program. If you can't go further, you have to install a new Photoshop or like you have to reset something. And like this is very important for you to understand. That when you click on this, try to expand this. Because it's collapse, try to expand. When you come over, we have new As control or control open and the like. We have different ones. They just crowe up using a middle mouse button in edit or image. We have mode, we have different ones. We map that there is no shortcuts for bp. You can create a shortcut for bit map. Now there's something you have to understand that Photojkes understand that when you want to create you don't write something, you don't at all if you want to, if you want to make a shortcut, it should be control something, something like that. What do you do? You press control, then press a Photoshop will notify you that my under seal control. You can see present control, it's still holding but you can release. It's not a problem because I've achieved what I want to achieve now Photoshop signal. There's something in Photoshop that is control A already, you shouldn't bother using control, A press control, it's telling me something for you can see it's showing here that control is already in use and will be removed from it transform if accepted. That is its under edits were free transform. Free transform is control. So if accepted, that is going to change it. Totally. It's a problem. You shouldn't change it. Don't change it, you find something else. Control, you can see it is also used contra, already in use and will be removed from image control contract. That is, you are pricing. Don't forget you hold down the control, then click Pay one ContraQ Control. Contralsdg. Almost everything is used. Let's try this. What's it called is used then Full stop is not used. Changes control plus control plus words plus full stop. Then I can press Okay, but I don't want us to distort the program. That is, if I have this now, just click on Assets. I've accepted to be using things like that and click on, Okay. But I don't want us to distort the program, Just leave it the way it's meant to be, the way Photoshop actually made. Don't forget that. For Windows users, we have control mark users, we have command. Very sorry for that. For Windows users, we have control. For mark users, we have command. Okay. The thing is that don't try to start the program, leave it the way it is, okay. Then just cancel. You don't need to adjust anything, just cancel. Just try to cancel. And that is it. We've been able to understand how work, what the Photoshop default work spaces, which is the essential work space whenever you scattered anything, disorganized anything, disarranged anything, you can actually come over to reset the S. We'll be able to remove some window panels, arrange this arrange, then go back to go back and reset essentials. Go back to the default, customize things the way we want. Okay, easily essential three D. Work space, Graphics and webwork, space, motion workspace, painting workspace, photography workspace. We've been able to understand the keyboard, shortcut and menus, which I said, try to avoid. It's okay. We've been able to learn how to make a new workspace, Delete workspace. You can create a workspace where you prefer, but the workspace actually prefer, which have actually made already, is a blend and change workspace. Which I'll be using often. Not just often, but throughout the lectures, throughout this tutorial video, in every section. And because that's the way I prefer it, I prefer to just going back to the essentials, then I'm going back to the reset essentials. Something like this. It to me is disorganized. Don't like it. That is it. We move to the next section because this is, this is the last lecture for this section, we go to the Color theory in Photoshop, which is the next section, section three. 6. Colour Picker in Photoshop: Tutorial, we're going to be learning about color picker in Photoshop. It's very easy to just come over here again. We're going to have to choose some images to help us with the understanding. You click on this, which is the first one. Then press Contre. Then click on this, which we're going to be using this too, not just to heal the saturation, all this down the value. Okay, then open. Very good. Let's click on the first one here. Select the first one here. Okay, just try to click on this icon, which is a love icon. Now what do you do? You can click on what? Can press Control plus, minus. Okay, fine. Just to make sure it's fit to screen to that extent, that's control plus W plus minus, that's okay. Now we have to understand the aspect of what we call the color picker. Now how do we get the color picker? They are different. And several ways to get the color picker in Photoshop. Fine, number one, you can actually come over, click on this, there's a color color come over, there's a color color, There is a name signed to it, there is a name given to it, which is what the lemon color is called, the four ground color. Just bring your mouse over, give it second sets four ground color. Then the other one beneath it is called the background color. The background color, we have it here also. It's the same thing. It's very simple. When you click on this, you see this cowards, the color picker. It's actually signifying specific. That is the foreground color. We cross this, we have, I don't want to come in because of this. Again, just click. Click on this. It shows what the background, the same thing as this click on when you click on it once because it hasn't been selected before, it doesn't appear. So you have to click it twice, like a double click, foreground color. Then apart from that, we have, then you close this. Then you just click on, when you click on this, the background color, it's the same thing. Okay, fine. But it depends on the color you want to use. Now, when we start clicking and changing, nothing changes. Okay? But firstly, I want us to understand something that using this background and foreground color. The foreground color is a color above, the background color is the color beneath underneath, fine. Now naturally the default color for Photoshop is walls. The default color Photoshop is black and white. That is the normal color, black and white. Okay. There is a shortcuts to it. Okay. I'm going to talk about that. Okay? And another thing is that for you to tuggle between these two colors, there are ways you can do it. Look at this icon over here, switch foreground and background colors. With shortcut is what? X. Look at this icon over here, it says default background, default foreground and background colors. Now what I'm trying to say is that the lemon is a foreground color, probably the wine color is what is the background color for you to talk with that? I want the foreground color to be wine. I want the background color to be to be lemon. You can just come up as clicks, it changes. Don't mind. The keyboard can be keyboard shortcut stuff. As you can see, it's changing over. Changing over, you can toggle between, I want, it depends on the preference. Okay? Apart from the shortcuts and pressing on X, the shortcut is X. It's toggling. You can toggle between toggling, it depends on how many times you present. It doesn't matter, just the preference apart from that. As said, default color is what's black and white. When you click on this takes to the default color, black and white. Because sometimes when you're using a brush tool, you need to use black and white over things. We get stand more is layer mask. Okay, apart from that, let me come over here and try to just now. For example we have this right now, but shortcut of going back to the default for and background colors D, even if you have any other color there before or something like that, just click on the Express on the keyboard. It goes back to the word default setting, which is black and white. You can toggle between this black and white. By pressing word X, we can see X changing black, white. Black now is a four ground color background. We can get a color picker from it, but I'm not using a color. Because it doesn't look simple to that extent. Reason is that when you click on this, for example, just come over T. I'm going to teach you, don't worry, just click on something like this. Click, Okay. Nothing happens. And I'm trying to change the canvas to that type of lemon Colpps. What do you do? The only thing you can do, you click press for window users and for mark users you press option, you press out, then B to show it's actually change the layer to that color, okay? And probably yours is not working as out or option backspace to you guys. Out or option delete. Okay, The two works on window. I think one actually, but I think for Mac users you need out deletes. Okay, So you can contrast back. Okay, So that is the main reason why I'm not using this one. To teach this particular foreground background color. To teach us what the color picker, the best way to teach the color picker to understand is by coming to come over to the adjustment layer icon. Click on this, then go to go to Solid Color. Select Solid Color you can see now just try something and see what happens when you click over here, Old and drag. You'll see how the color changes in time, part from the foreground color normally and background color. Let me cons this. When you come to the foreground color here, you come over here and click that. You change, come over here. Nothing changing. Nothing is changing. It's more preferable, even if you want something to change, just click Click Option Backspace. Back space is not working. Option Option out, Delete. It's goes a long way or something like contrast. Understanding color picker. Just come over to adjustment layer, I can click on it. The solid color. This will make us understand, show. It will show everything in real time. As we change in it, everything changes to the color you prefer and the color we've chosen in the color. Now, apart from that, I want us to understand this. Dill, solid color. Solid color is also color. It's as the name. Now we have to understand something. I want to understand everything in the dialog box, okay? To understand that we can see a bar, okay, with different colors. It's asset origin, okay? Look at this place, Everything works. They are dependent on each other, they are related. Whenever you change a color, all the numbers, they change simultaneously. They change simultaneously. When you change anything, for example, just highlight this. Just click, click old and drag. I press 100. All the other numbers changes come over 34. All the other numbers changes, even the color changes, the changes over. Just put like 50. All the other color changes, try put like 90. All the other color changes, put two, all the other color changes, 1234, They're dependent on each other, they're not independent. They are interrelated together. They do things together, long together. What's the meaning of HSB? Rgb, L, ABC, M, Y, K? What is the meaning of all these? Now, before I, e can see something called new and currents naturally. I've been saying this before, that pop should have changed the current before. The color we used before is the current color over here, which is blue, new color we are changing to is what we pop. When I press okay, it changes entirely. When you come back here and what you double click, you don't click on Club, click on this icon. This pop icon, you can see no, the before color used was what? Purple. But I have not changed. That is why the new is still pop. When I change to this, just click on this, what happens? It changes to this new color, okay? It changes to this new color. And the before color is what? The purple color, which Photoshop is called, Current Color. Okay. We've been able to understand that now It's very important to understand that the most important thing in this dialog post is what is the H. You can see a radio dial. Can try to click here on the B over the. This one to the B over here, the G over the, over here. Whenever, whenever you choose color, okay, this square and this color changes whatever the color you choose. And they are specific, they have reasons, they have meaning. We try to understand it because in this section we're talking about, sorry, in the section over here, we're talking about color theory in Photoshop. Okay, When this L is the color pick. Because color theory itself is what is the understanding of the relation of colors, how it drives our emotion. It really is what color portray, okay? How to use them perfectly. Secondary, primary, and tertiary colors. In the way you would understand perfectly and be able to use color on your perfectly as a photograph graphics designer, UI designer, product designer, visual designer, digital designer in many aspects. Okay, now, but I want to understand that the most important thing to us is H, H, don't I'm coming back to this HSB first. Let me come over here. Gb is a type of color that is not for prints. When I say for print, print is when you're trying to design something and at the end you print it out through the printer. Okay, now RGB. Basically, RGB is used on designs that animated to be printed out. Probably you just going to posted on social media and some other online store, digital just for digital visual display, not printed out. You use RGB colors. Just click on this. Choosing a color, you prefer, something like that. Click on G. R means red, means green, means blue. Okay? Green. Okay? R, red. Okay? The blue, You might not be seeing it here actually, but the thing is that, that is a normal color. You can see it's the red is here. Red to green. Green to blue or purple and blue to something like green. You can just it's scattered. No, it's understandable just for you to choose the color you prefer. That's how the computer recognizes it. Okay. Apart from that, we also have, this is for online visual aspects. Apart from that, we have the L AB. Okay. Before coming to L B from MPM, we should have heard about it very well. The C stands for San. Just like blue, blue. The M stands for magenta, it looks like pink, pink. The Y stands for yellow y. The K stands for key, and the key is black. Okay. Basically, RGB is used for just visual display printed MY, when you want to print, you need to change it to M even from the instance. You need to use color based on MY yellow and words and black because the computer, that is the only thing the printer recognizes when you about a print. Because the tonls in the printer, mageta, yellow and black tonal would recognize better. That is how it works for the print. Okay, But L B is like lab, LAB, fine. But the L, when you click on the L, the L depicts brightness. I'm going to teach about brightness. Brightness also in HSB S, B is brightness. L means brightness. That it is a color from darkness. Lightness, Look at the space, You can look at the space. This is the original color from lightness to darkness. This is like lightness, whites and darkness. Worrying more in radio over just from the lightness to the darkness. Anything white is lightness. Anything black is darkness. That's for you. Talks about brightness of a color. Now the talks about the greenness to the redness, the greenness to the words, the greenness words, the redness. Okay. That's how it is. This lab color is not basically used for digital, for visual reasons, prints, okay? Probably for lab colors and probably scientific stuff, chemistry and the like. So really being used, okay? Just to understand, the B here at talks about blueness to yellowness, okay? Not really showing you why had this colors about, that's why I said the most important is what is the H. B. Okay? When I explain the H, which is the, which is the saturation, which is the brightness, I'm going to, giving us real life examples, practical aspects for us to see, okay? To see how it is in real life. In real time. Okay, come over to H. We have H here. I don't want us to forget something. Before I start this, he just come over here and just choose any color you prefer. Just something like this. Let's come over to A. He just click something. Just click something like this. Look at this color. Just come over to yellow. Don't come over, just click on this. You can say this color, it might absolutely be co to you. I love this color. I would like to use this color some like gold, green, gold or something like that. I like to use it. I like it. How can I save it for future purposes in ten years time? What do you do? Something we call add to switches. You click Add to Swatches. Then you give it, let me say gold green. Okay, gold, gold green. What happens as the default? This will be checked to my current library, but when you check this before it's saved, before it is added to your swatches, okay, It may take like five, 10 minutes. The best thing for you is the best thing is to check this. Because you're not adding to your current library, you're adding it to your swatches. Let's click okay. Then what happens? Where is it? Let's okay. Coming back. Where is it? You come over it were to swatches. That is why I made what's called my own work space. To be like this swatches. Then where exactly is it? Don't forget, this is the color we choose just now. This color, when you come down, you see what? Gold green. Okay, let's try another one. Just double click choice. Let's come to color. I like this fading lights. I like this color. How do I do it? To swatches, what do you do? Talk toi some click. Okay. Okay. Compose. Click. Okay. The second time again. The first. Okay. Okay. Now it's sad forever. This pinky and this greenyesre colors. I created my throw me liking them, then saving them to my swatches. You've been able to save your colors swatches that you can use it anytime you prefer. And you can see the first act was. The second act was, is this? It's o here. Just like recent colors save. Okay. Very simple, but click twice. Now, able to watches now color libraries. When talking about color libraries, they are just there to make you see the differences between different type of color which you've chosen. Now come to blue, you see different colors that you prefer to use. I like this type of color, probably something like this, but it's not really well. Okay. People use pant actually, but not really used by people to that extent. You can be able to grade colors like this type of color, like this type of color, then use them. Okay. But not really well used. We're not going to use that. Let's just go back to the pick. Don't click on. Okay. Don't select. Okay. Don't select cancel. Just select, Pick your back. We've been able to learn this. Apart from that, I'm going back to HSB, which is which is the most important we need to do whenever you have any color here. For web colors, you can actually select this place. But I don't see any essence in me selecting these to that extent. How we know how to maneuver, to choose our colors the best we need to choose. Just check this. We don't need this at all. No, apart from that is very important also. We won't be using that very much in this tutorial. This is very important. There's something we call x color code. This word is in your workbook, you would see there. Just click on the workbook in the blend and change the color of anything in any way. In Photoshop, the resource file you actually downloaded, it is in the workbook, you will see it's called X code, HE x. It contains majorly six numbers. When you click drag, like you've highlighted normally, it starts from a, a blah, blah, blah, blah. The ash is automatically, so you don't need to put anything as or anything like that. You need to. Yeah, I actually clicked Drag just to change colors or something like that, but need can't try. I clicked, I came here, the cos is like this. I came over it, then I clicked and drag to the right, To the left, something like that, you don't need this. Actually just tested that. What do you do? There's something we call as I've said. Code all over the world. Color code for blue is the same thing for red is the same thing for you can just go online such coloque for gold, cold for this. So I'm going to be putting some colo code here which is something like 00. The Cole for black is 0000, the cloud for white is okay 6123456, okay? And the cold is CCC C, okay? So this one actually somewhat complicated. 74147. High level, you can say you can save swatches. Actually open design, things like royal stops, royal design. Okay. You can actually do this also. Zero is 05394, just like royal blue. Yeah, royal blue Spro. We have another one, again is 666666. That's like a gray color. Okay. Then apart from that, even before getting to the sixth number, we see different colors. Right? Something like this. So we're going to use that. We have now, which is 434343. Nice. I like this one too. Looks good. Are what we call the color code for a particular color code. It is universal X color code. You can find them online through the word Google and the like. You find them instead. So now we've been able to study all these. The most important we, I've said is the hue saturation and what's and brightness. Now this is the hue. When you click, when you select the radio dial for the, just notice something that this color changes. This square changes. Each radio dial has its own specific design for the square and what's the color? When you click on saturation, it changes. Color changes, square changes. When you click on brightness, the color changes, square changes, right? Good. There's something to it. When we understand this, we would understand, Lab would understand how GB, we understand C and W better. Now we have he means color itself, UE, don't worry, everything is in the workbook. You would say that we're going to make you understand more and give you practical aspect to the real life images. To understand means color, color in and of itself. The color color, blue, color, red, color, black, color, green. Just like this. You come over clicking here, click. Other thing is I want to get to understand something. When you click on things like this, Qlpletly like this, it might not give you the exact natural, pure color, that's a particular color. For example, you can click anywhere. For example, you can click when you drag to this edge, it gives you white. When you drag down, it gives you black, complete black. When you drag down As, it gives you complete black. But when you drag up to this edge here, it gives you the pure color you selected. For example, is selected red over. You can click where you can click Old and drag depends on you click old and words drag. It depends on, it's just the way you prefer, the way you want. Okay. Now it gives us the pure color of whatever color you choosing. You see it gives that type of also. I prefer us putting it here for many reasons. For many reasons. Just put something in color in and of itself is because when change S changes, it changes. Now H means color, the color, we see color, red, color, yellow, lemon color, green, purkoise blue, pink, market, red, orange, things like that are what they are. Color H represents hue, and he means color itself. More simple, color itself is he. But the reason why I call it hue is that every niche, every scale has a particular name. A terminology used for something. The terminology used for color in design individual. Is he. Don't get confused. H means, and he means color in and of itself. Okay, let me give you an example. A real life example. Thetic. Okay, fine. Now, just another thing I just wanted to understand before going there is the word thek press contra. We have colors here. These colors are not faded away, but we have different stages of colors. We can have blue, we can have navy blue, is like royal blue. Can have navy blue. Okay. These colors a names, they all have names that mean O. Then use the middle mouse button. Okay. Then you can screw up without pressing the out. Okay. This yellow as its name. This can be lemon, this can be green. My green, things like that. Not that they are light yellow or light blue, light something. Because when talking about light colors, you're talking about saturation. We are going there today. Now, apart from that, press the H, okay? Be able to drag the hand to click odd. If it's malfunctioning, just click the left mouse. Colman, yellow, You can this data, this yellow is black, RGB, red, green, blue. You can click old inwards and bring it over here. Yeah, we're going to learn about this in the next lecture. But not in this lecture but the same section. Okay, just press control zero. Now I want to take some images from the ones we have in our resources. Just come, come over to open. What do you do? You can see the three D, we have you click, press control, click and click. What do you do? Open the click on open. Now it would open according like we have 383333. Now starting from three, I want to understand something that the reason why I put I have actually uploaded these images as part of the resources is that this gives us a real life practical aspect, a real life definition of what colors this is color. This is, as I've said, he is used in the digital world. This is in and of itself. Okay. This is like navy green or a green. This is green. Yellow, like peach like orange is red is something like P, okay. Baby purple or something. This blue, this talkies something actually apple, something. They are colors in and of themselves. Apart from that, we have this also. These are crayons. Okay? Blue. These are real colors. These are what color is whenever you walking along the street or somewhere, just any color. You understand this. Okay? We also understand apart from that, we have this lemon, red, yellow and blue. This is color in its complete natural form, in triangular form color, in its natural pure form. That's what he is. Okay. You can see, you can see, you can see. Just try to close, close, close. This closes. I gave us the example for able to understand better. Okay. You can actually make this when you want to make a layer layer layer one layer, this layer zero, layer one. Okay? Then anyone that's stuck on this layer two plus it starts from 1234 adding layers, okay. But we don't need the layers. I'm just using as an example. Just click Compress Control. You click hold and drag to the words to the delete. Can the delete, I've actually showed you this before. This layer is covering the nice red sneakers. Okay, what do we do? We try to make this upper layer invisible. So how do you make it invisible? Just look at this icon over, okay, like your eyes. So like an eye, just what it is visible right now, when you click on Select, it becomes invisible. Also. It becomes invisible. The layer is invisible. We really need this. So we have to make it visible. Even I can change the color of this itself. How do I do it? Then click on this. Because the adjustment layer. Then what's saturation and what? Saturation. Don't forget that. I said basically before the work. Don't forget that, I said we have different work spaces. Normally the reason why when I choose the adjustment layer, my hue saturation, pop opus strate, was that I have created my work space to work like that. If come over to the workspace was essential. Default workspace, let me close this, for example, closed. Let me make this invisible. Let me choose another adjustment layer, which is what? The hue saturation. What happens? It shows over here con work actually, let me close it again, Show you. And saturation, it shows. And I don't want it over here somewhere because essential work space has their own this. But in my work space, okay, the blend and change. I have mine as this. Whenever I choose something, let me just click on this, press control. Click on this D. Okay, let me just close. When I click on this, what happens? The saturation click. It appears because I've made it mandatory selected, that this is where I wanted you to appear in my workspace whenever I'm working. Okay, so now whenever I click on anything in the hues in the adjustment layer, like color lock up, like curves, okay? Like levels, it shows, it shows here, not here, not here. Like what? Like the essential default photo shop workspace, because I prefer what I want. I have done what I want. I made my workspace myself and it's working fine for me. Do you understand? Good. Click, press control. Click, click and just sell without drug. Can't click here and it's all gone. Now we have the hue saturation like I'm going to change the color, the hue of this. Then click Ode. And what's the drug drug? No, where you're going to end this. It's very simple. Very, very simple. Okay. Perfect, smooth. That's why, that's why Photoshop is the best editing program. I'm changing the hue, not the saturation brightness, but I'm coming there. Let me just delete this. Then click old drug. Then delete this. We don't need that now. Now make this what's visible double click. That is for the. Now, for the saturation, we need to understand what the saturation is in and of itself. Now, saturation, when we're talking about saturation. Saturation is divided into two. Saturation is what is divided into two saturation, We have saturated images, we have less saturated images. When you want to understand saturation, when I selected the radio dial of Al, you can see what is in the color wheel, the color bar at and in what in the square over. When I selected saturation, it changes both the color and the square changes the saturation. What is the meaning of this? It tells us that whenever you click on something happens, it washes away. You can click, hold and drag, fine, even if it is pop. When you click the drug coming down, what happens? It washes away. That is, the pure form of a color remains saturated. That's why I said saturation is divided into two saturated colors and less saturated colors when something is saturated and words and desaturated. Okay, that is. And we have to understand the end point of saturation is words is white. Don't worry. In the real time examples, you'll understand the end point of saturation is worth is white. Saturated colors means that color, pure color in its form the way it is. Natural, straw, strong it is. But the saturated colors are, they are weaker colors, very weak. When you bring it down this way, you know the satration. When you bring it down, it becomes, we have a very pure red. But when white is being added to it, gradually, gradually, gradually, it becomes pale, It becomes washed away, it becomes washed away, it becomes pale, it becomes weak. Okay? It becomes weak until it gets to its end points, which is what? White. You can see the x color code. White is what you can change, any color here. And you see the cost code, okay? Sorry. Can see the X cos code. X X color code. University X color code. You can see it as it changes anything. Everything is what they are dependent, they are interrelated. Okay. I don't want to put anything. I want to put it at the edge up here like this. Going like this, now we have lemon. But when white stuffs are being added to it, apples, it becomes less saturated. It becomes washed away, it becomes pale, pale green. Let's say we have pale yellow. Just come over yellow. Okay. When it comes down, white has been added to it. But apples becomes pale, weak, and less stronger. Now we have to understand that saturation strong and how weak a color is. He talks about the natural, pure color, white. Saturation talks about two things, saturated colors, desaturated colors. Desaturated colors are also called less saturated colors. Saturated colors are in their pure natural form. While desaturated or less saturated colors have white added to them, they are becoming pale. They're becoming washed away. They're becoming weak. I'm going to show you a rule example now. Come over to fight again. Come to open. I've provided everything you understand it. Now click on Saturation. Scroll down the press control. Click close and clues complete. Yes, that's three to three L, then open now is open. Very good. Now what happens? You can see we start from three, but we're seeing this. But there are some pictures, there are some images that has been in where we can't find them. This is what you're going to do. They are all stuck. There is an arrow. Do not click on this arrow going to dist everything. Okay. Just press on the to call up this back. What you need here, exactly. What is this? You press this, it shows you the cab. It shows you every image, all the image that we have that we have on the canvas here. The first one is what? The color picker, which is this. Just make this invisible. Okay, this is it. But we don't need this right now. This is where we need saturation. The ones I just imported into the canvas. Now, press control. What country? Zero. Now we have this. Now what I want to understand is that I've said the end point of saturation is what is white? What is white? Now, this can, is mag, yellow is black. As it moves, as it becomes desaturated, as it becomes pale, less saturated. White is being added to it, lit by two by two. What happens? It ends in white also come over when we talk about saturation. Saturation is reduced in percentages. In percentages. Say that 100 white is being added to its 80, 60, 40. It reduces 20108 till it gets to zero. The can also, as you can see, it reduces, got to 80 Tata reds reduces. Let's look at another image. Over we have something like this. We can say, naturally this is not the hundred percent pink we want to get. 100% pink, just unlock this, Come over solid color, can do come over. I think the pink should be. Let's just put it, let's say for red pink. Okay, the press. Okay, this is the hundred percent pink. But when you make this invisible, what happens? This itself has been desaturated. It is probably 80% pink. White stuff, White colors are being added to it. Again, it reduces, it becomes desaturated, coming down to something like 20% pink. White stuffs are being added to it. Then it comes to, it goes down to something like eight, 5% pink, it's becoming almost white. That is saturation. The eight point of saturation is what is white? 80% pink, make visible 100% pink, make it less visible. 80% pink, 50, 40, 20% pink, probably 20. Like it's 5% saturation. But I've said saturation is two. We have saturated colors, saturated, or we call it less saturated colors. Prelatural color is saturated. It is the one. It becomes desaturated, less saturated, it's becoming pale. White colors have been added to it. It's becoming, it's becoming weak. No more strong like before. Another example is what we have is red. Very natural red. You see something less red, less um, saturated. It's changed. The white stuff are being added. White colors are being added to this. And it becomes something like 40% This other one becomes something like 10% You can see because saturation shows you the beauty of color. Talks about emotion. If all the love candy or love symbol yeah, was just 100% you don't understand the feelings we have. 100% 40% 2% It makes it beautiful. Just come back to this. It makes it look good. The color to the eye, you would like, it would love it. Do you understand now without this also everything, what is desaturated? I just want to show you that all these are not in the pure form. The desaturated, they are weak. Okay? That's just an example. Again, you can see how rooks pink looks like. It's like the flower is dying or something like that. Now we have this as word, pale pink. It is desaturated nature, it is through nature, we can understand the real aspect of what color is in and of itself. Another which is complex press. I think the reason why I chose this was that I want to see the reflection light. This image is saturated normally, but as a result of the reflection of the light on the image here, it becomes pale. Some parts of the image, some parts of the flower has become pale. Okay. The last one is what? L? These are like stack of books. Everything here, all the books are what they are saturated. Because this is not a natural form of yellow, is not the natural form of red or pink. Okay? This is a natural form of green. This natural form of blue, okay? This is a natural form of blue, is reduced. Okay? Just want us to understand it is in real life examples. Let's close this. Let's close it. Close, close this also. Now, let's come back here. Let's click on this double click that you click twice. No, we're coming back to what? That's saturation, you can see, don't forget the end point, you can see. Click on any color, believe it's blue, then just bring it down. Whites been added to it, and that's life. That's why I showed you. We'll have examples for you to understand. You can see very good. Apart from that, we now have the last one word, B. B means brightness. As I've said, means brightness is divided into two. Just like saturation, saturated colors and desaturated, B is divided into two, which means lightness. And what's darkness? Lightness, Darkness. When you see B, which means brightness. The 0.4 is what is black, don't forget the end 0.4 saturation is what is white. The end 0.4 B, which is brightness, is what is black. Can see from when you say contains color, color saturation, it contains just one color. And the way it is reduced, 100% 80, 100% 8076, 0504, 0302, 0100. But actually it also moves from the pure color towards, to darkness, to black, 180, 50, 23rd, something like that. To zero the color you've chosen. That is how the color bar is going to look like, blue, something like that coming over here. Okay. So we have something like, as I've said, the end points for brightness is what is black? Brightness is divided into two. All these things are in the workbook. You see there in the workbook. You cannot script. And you see there in the workbook which is brightness. And it is divided into two. Which is what? Lightness and darkness. We can see brightness from real life aspect, that is anywhere you are right now. And there is light there, there is lightness. Where there is light is the lightness, the shadows when there are black things. Everything alive has shadows when the light somewhere. Actually find somewhere there is darkness. Whether it's black, that's what brightness talks about. The lightness of an image and the darkness of an image in Photoshop, we call is what ye lights and shadows. Yelights means what? Lightness, while shadows means what? Shadows means darkness. Do you understand eyelights means lightness 7. Warm & Cool Colours: In this lecture, I'm going to be teaching you the difference between a warm color and equal color, or an image which is warm or an image which is. Now, come over to open. Okay. Normally into the into download the project file. Just come over toward two. Click click control. Click click, click this just four images, then you open. Now let's switch for it to load. It's easy. Warm colors and cool colors would actually help you in portraying your emotions whenever you make images, whenever you edit images, whenever you're trying to edit images, I think I've selected something. I've set this before, so just select the move to now press on control plus W plus zero. Now you can use your out, then bring your color over here. We've seen this before, but there is something I want to explain, which is the meaning of us presents. Zoom in with your words, middle mouse, but come over to navigate Moving up, or you just use your scroll without pressing or putting your hand, or pressing your hand onwards on the out key. Now what do you do? Use a medium mass, but in scroll down. You scroll up. You can. But if you were holding your out key and you scroll up and down, okay, what happens? You zoom in and out. Right now you're not holding your out key. What do you do? You scroll up and down. It goes up normally and comes down. Meaning of colors. Here we have red, yellow, and orange. I wanted to understand something. When we're talking about warm colors, we're directly talking about red, yellow, red, yellow, and white, orange. We're talking about cool colors. You talk about the other colors we have, like green, blue, indo, givol. Any purple, anyone, pink, you can name them. Now when you're talking about warm colors, warm colors talks happiness portrays warmness, portrays sources. Someone that is well reserved when you have a warm color on a particular, on a particular image. Okay, the image is warm. Okay, I'm going to show you rule examples which we have here. Here we have here, but don't worry, let's talk about this first. It shows love, it shows energy, strength. Const is strong. It shows cheerfulness, joy, happiness, warmness, success, okay? But when we talk about cool colors like blue green, pop, it talks about power. Be stiff, inflexible person is flexible. Strong freshness nature of money doesn't talk about poverty or poorness, doesn't talk about, talks about growth. Talks about work way. Understand this is using the real life images you just come over. Three are warm, you click on this, there, you can press on control zero, just a little bit contra minus. Look at this color. Look at this image or does the portray? It's portraysness, It shows happiness. It shows calmness. It shows enthusiasm. Okay, enthusiasm. It shows enthusiasm. It shows interest in things. It shows happiness, calmness, everything. Okay. Now I can even make this image more like I can make it warmer. In what sense? We can apply warmness. We can apply coolness into images in Photoshop, you click on this, come over to color, look color, look up the way you have. Photoshop remembers everything you did the last time. Even if you open Photoshop after ten years, it remembers whatever you've done, okay? The reason why this dialogue box is here right now, this adjustment layers here right now, is because this was the last place I used it. Let me put it in the number place which it's meant to be. Then just come over. I'm going to teach you color, Look up, you're going to enjoy it when it's time, just come over. Then what's? Click on. What late sunsets becomes. What's more? It becomes warmer. This image without saying anything as the saying goes. Images, pictures are thousands of words, 1,000 words, something like that. Late sunsets look up, you can see It talks about warmness of the image. It talks about calmness, happiness, it talks about. Everything is settled. Reap, everything is going on wall. Okay. Now let's come to, let's come to three which is cool. Now, when we have this, we have something like this. Coolness talks about blue color. Green color. You can see there is a touch of green, there is a touch of blue. This is like the snow period in countries where, in countries where snow the experience the snow period, something like that. Control zero, okay. Just use your present of the minimum to scroll out, which is to zoom out. Now we have something like this. It's port coolness. Which three are warm? Port warmness. If I try to make this invisible, you will see normally we have yellow, red, and orange mixed together to form the warmness. This makes it makes it warmer. Now when we have this, this is coolness. I can make it cooler or coolest even permitted to use that. Now just come to adjustment layer over here. And come to what color? Look up also. And what you click on lights, you're good to go. You can see just out on middle mouse button, you can see very cool, very cool. These are another way of making cool images that portrays what portrays strength, portray firmness portrays a lot of things. Okay, let's come up with portrays power, worth, ambition, nobility, reality. Okay. Things like this where we have royal blue, navy blue, and the like. Talk about green, army green and the likes, strength. Apart from that. Let's look at the last one. Just to be able to understand what warmness and coldness of color is, just press on control plus zero. This is a warm image. Now come over to Color. Look up To do what? To make it even warmer. Just come over here and press you. Click on what late Sunset you can see this is very perfect. Very perfect. It's warmer. If I could say warmest. It depicts happiness lifestyle, the family lifestyle which is happiness. Warm, calm, reserved enthusiast. Okay, there is happiness and things are going on where they are joyful. They're joyous. There is joy. Something like that. So now we've been able to understand warm colors, warm colors. And this one is cool color. If I try my possible passes to come over here and make this, change it to late sunset, you can see what happens when you have a cool color, a cool images that you can't change it to a warm image. A cool image and I change it to a warm image. It's depp, it's pass emersage. It shows emotion of what is happening at a particular time. There's a difference between a warm and cool color. It shows emotion. Cool colors talks about about strength. Nobility. Wealth. Okay. Nobility. Strength. That's why we have green and blue, like heavy blue, royal blue, or something like that. We have my green. Okay? When we talk about warm colors to make this invisible, or come back here and choose more lights. Okay, When we come over here, we have warmness. We have warm color, we have a warm image. Talks about happiness. Talks about joy. Talks about being reserved. Okay. Go click the same thing. The car is calm, everything is going on. Talks about calmness and the legs. That is it for this tutorial. In the next section of our tutorial going to be learning about the adjustment layer. That is where we are getting gradually. We are moving gradually to the advanced blend and change the color of anything. And anywhere in Photoshop, see in the next tutorial. 8. Understanding Hue, Saturation & Lightness: This tutorial I'm going to be teaching you about al, saturation and brightness which is found in the adjustment layer. Come over here to file, then come to open, Then move down. Okay, you're moving towards four A. We're going to take four A, press control and wards and four B, then open. Now we have this, just come over here. We have this and we have this. So you can just control zero. Control plus zero, then also control plus zero. Just give it control plus minus t. That's okay. You try to try to click on this icon and unlock it. Because as I've said earlier, we would be able to edit but wet be able to take it away from the canvas. But we don't even if we leave it unlocked. Okay, it's not a problem to us right now. Just unlock it. I prefer been unlocked. Come to this icon which looks like a cookie. Then what do you do? You come over to saturation. What happens? You see a dialog box. I have used this before in the previous to just for very fast, just to show you something very fast. But right now we're going to talk about this now in this dialog box. You can see this is selected. This is property in and of itself, property of saturation adjustment layer. But when you click on this, this is a layer mask. But we're going to learn better, much about layer mask in the upcoming sections. Let's focus ourselves on this now. This is a process. We have defaults. This is a default from Photoshop and this is the way it's meant to be. But if you feel like changing anything, you can change to anything you feel like. Okay. But I would recommend mainly changing to two things. If you feel like changing to Okay, we have cyano. Cyanotype. Okay? You can actually make it, makes the image uniform. But like in a gray like form, like a gray color. Or words sepia, these two color all recommended. Cyanotpia, Cyanotype and words sepia. Okay. If you click on this, this suns just make it. It's just, you know, probably some increasement in some things but it's not really okay. Sepia. Okay. Just looks less. Something like that. And cyanotype, it's okay. Just like gray color, light blue, light blue. You just leave it at default. It's okay. Then when we talk about this and icon. Okay, I like it like that. We're going to lead that in this section. Also elect in this video in this section. One of the elect in this section, also this master section over here. We're going to learn it in this section as Lelect section. But what I want to focus on mainly mainly is the three things, which is saturation and lightness. Normally we know lightness as brightness from the color pick. It's meant to be brightness. But Photoshop decided to leave it as lightness because as we all understand that brightness contains lightness and darkness. Do not forget when I said lightness in Photoshop highlights darkness in Photoshop Sdwds called shadows, it's very important we understand that aspect. Now going to we all know what he is. Very good. We've learned that before that he is color in and of itself. Color in and of its. When I click and drag, it changes the color of everything in the image. It changes the color of everything in the image. When I have something like this. Wow, what a nice sneak. A nice purple sneaker. Okay, But when I want to go back to the old image, which I did before, there is something we call non destructive. Photoshop is very powerful. Wherever you have non destructive images that the image which is underneath underneath that is the red image before. Where is it? It's still there. It's left for me to control this particular layer pink or this purple sneaker that I want to see. I don't want to see you again. I want to see the layer underneath the icon which you all. The icon can also be found, can also be found here. This icon is showing us that this particular saturation adjustment layer is showing when when I click on it, it becomes invisible. It affects the one over here. When I click this becomes invisible, it's in line. They are interrelated. When I click it to visible, it's affects. So when I click on this, the layer goes away. Whatever editing I've done, whatever effects I've done there, actually disappears. Okay, It does what? It disappears. When I click on this, it becomes clear, it becomes visible. When I click on this, it becomes invisible. Okay? Another thing is that everything we've done here, we can try to take it back to reset, back to default. In what way? This is like an undo, reset, adjust meant default, you go back to the normal way, it's gone, it's nowhere to be found. Okay. Most times you want to be using contrast, we just have to use this. It goes back to what the default setting of the adjustment layer. Apart from that, we have this also. It's called a clipping mask. A clipping mask whereby you want a layer on top of another layer to only affects that one layer beneath it. Do you understand? When I click this, you see what happens. You can see the icon shows here. That is, it is only affecting the layer beneath it. When I click a new layer like this, it doesn't affect the one on top. Now for example, let me just come over here. Click on this, You have to select this host. You have to select this host. Click on this, then then click this. It's like it's the clipping mask is normal. It disappears when I click on this one. And use what? Okay, let me try to do this. Okay, let me create a new hue, saturation adjustment layer. When I click on this and use the clipping mark, use the clipping mask. Okay, it's only affect this underneath layer, underneath layer. It doesn't affect this last layer. That's something I want us to understand. Okay. But I don't need it's just something I want you guys to understand. Apart from that. So this one is just like what's deleted then. We, it's gone. The reason why you see have this year is that this is where I want my, anything from adjustment layer to always be until I come over here and do, and press and select the saturation adjustment layer. Now we can see this is changing, okay? We can actually use control, control, Control control plus, plus to zoom in, okay? Now we can have something like it's changing. It's changing. It's moving, okay. We can actually use, I'm using out in the midmpottI'm scrolling out, Click and drug. You can see, you can see that change. It's perfect, it's going on well. But sometimes we might want to change a particular area, not the whole area in a particular image. How is it done to do that? In upcoming lectures in this section. In this section, which is the adjustment layer part one, before you reduce part one, it's going to be treated in this section. Don't worry about that. Probably we have something like this. Let me say a pink sneaker. I so much love this color. I don't know why. I just so much love it. You can see, make it read. This is before, then this is what is after. Use the old key again and use the midlemuse button. Then scroll out a little bit. I think I like it like it's okay, Togo. Then after, we can actually let say probably keep moving. You can see as I'm moving, you can see this one here. As I'm moving, the ones are also moving. That is the first rule that shows the color on top here is what is the recent colors. We have is the normal colors. We have the line, the line underneath is what the color the color is changing to. Okay, normally we have the red color here in the middle here. This is the red color itself is the original image. This is the original color of the image. Now we are trying to click the he change move left and right. You can see it is only the slide beneath that is what's moving and changing the slide above what remains red in the middle, but the middle color of the slide which is the underneath slide, does what Changes? Moves from left to right. Do you understand now? It moves to the left, to the right. Then what you can see, it's moving. It doesn't depend on this slide here which you're choosing. And you're moving to the left and the right. It depends on the underneath slide here. The original color is what? This red, but the color is this pink. Okay. Now, when you move, just keep on moving whatever you prefer. Probably yellow. Okay. Just just make it clear. Okay. Now we have We can actually come over here. I think I like the pink. Okay, I prefer the pink for myself. Then what do you do? That is, don't forget the saturation. The end point for saturation is what is white? The white is what it is. Right ear, you see it looks gray. But the end point itself is worth, is white. Okay, It looks gray, it's become pale normally. The real, the pure pink is this. Then when it is being reduced, white is being added to it. What happens? It becomes washed away. It becomes pale pink, washed away, and it becomes weak. Now we have the strong pink. But yeah, as we're going down to 80% sorry to like 30, 20% it becomes weak. And it's cool. It's fine. No problem. It looks good and nice. Okay. Probably now we might have something like yellow or let me say green. Okay. Is very strong green. Or you come down 50, 40, 30% give it, it becomes very weak and pale green. It's been reduced apart from that when we want something to be like. Now this background becomes clearly white. When you use this lightness, it tries to distort the image, making it fade out, this making it black. We want to try to use anything like lightness here. What we're going to focus on only is using what he, try changing the heal from the left to the right. Okay? Something like this. Then increasing the saturation or, or decreasing the saturation. Okay. Another thing we can try doing actually over here is like reason why I want, I made us to open to images that I, to show you saturation itself. Click on, then zoom in. Okay. Then what's it called? The Space bar key. On your keyboard. Okay. Instead of pressing okay, you can actually use the Space bar key also, just click on it. Then click on Drag to the right hand side. Then you can actually use on Zoom out a little bit. Now I want to see the meaning of saturation itself in this image. Now you click on, then to the word to the right. See how shining. See how bright it is. This is the, let me see. The purest, the strength of the color itself. Okay. Now, the saturation, when you try to red, red, and reduce, and reduce, you can see what happens. Now the saturation actually works better than what's, than using the sneakers. You click. Okay, The saturation very high. That is actually, that is it. I purposely imported this image for us to see how intense the saturation can actually be. Tense and too much of saturation as spoils the video, spoils the image. And too much of less saturation as poi, image. It should be between something like that, you understand. Something like this is okay. Something like this is okay. That is it for the saturation. That is the first lecture under this adjustment layer, leaning, able to heal, saturation and lightness. In the next lecture, the leaning and understanding how to use the master section in the slide. See you in the next tutorial video. 9. Understanding the master section and slide: This lecture of the two score we're going to be talking about the master section in the Heal in saturation dialog box. And the slide now, click come over here, file open, then scroll down. Okay, which one do we pick? Pick this, 4.4. Okay. We click on open. Now it's opening in real time. Now this is the first image, then this is the second image. Let's work on the first image first. Now we have this. Then what do we do? We click, try to click on this. Actually the bagon is locked. Nothing happen here. So up it would show it's going be click, just come over it and click on this icon. It becomes unlocked. Now let me take the surface now. Come to the adjustment layer. Then the and saturation adjustment layer is selected. Now if I come over here, can put it anywhere I feel like so that we can be able to see whatever is happening in the images. But I think actually is going to be covering that yellow video. And I don't want it like that. I actually want to stay here. And this is okay. This is perfect. I want it like this. Now we're talking about the master section. This master section, And what? The slide beneath the. Okay. Now I hope this. Q I won't be disturbing us. Probably I should remove it for now. But let's just wait and see what happens. Now, we have this, let me put it in the middle for the meantime. No, it's not. Okay. No, that is not a problem. Now, let's start with this building because what we're trying to do is to change the color. Actually, I'm not changing the color, like changing color like this. Everything like this, I select a particular area in the image, then change its, its color. And it would only affect what's that particular area, that particular selected color. If I'm choosing yellow, it affects all the yellows in the image. If I'm choosing blue, which is the sky, it's going to affect only all the blues in the image. If I'm choosing red or something like orange over here, it's going to affect everything red or orange in the picture, in the image. It's not going to affect any other thing. That is what the satration is all about. The satration adjustment layer is all about, you can select specific colors and change them without affecting every other color. Or you can change the color in the image. Now, let me start with this. Let me start with the sky, then come to master, select your selectively. You select blue or you select sin. But I think it's more, it's blue. Okay. Because we choose blue, probably it's not going to work perfectly. Mostly when taken atmosphere it shows more sin than blue. You click on sin. Then when we have sin, what happens? It shows here. Then you come over to he then change the color to any color you prefer. You see only the sky changes, nothing else changes. You can see everything that has blue in the image changes, which is what you can come here, just try to reduce its saturation. Probably rain wants to fall, something like that. There is cloud, everything is cloudy. Make the saturation very high. Something like this. I make this one word, lights. The atmosphere is very clear. The atmosphere very dark. It's cloudy, something like that. It depends. You can see I'm only changing the sky. Nothing else is being affected in the image except probably probably it's a light blue back. You can see this, see it's also affected. Okay, but our base, I'm only changing the sky. When I click here now you see what happened. All the images awards have been changed. What happened? Anytime you're going back to the default setting, This goes back toward Master, you click it and change it back toward Sen. What happens to science? I try to change whatever color. I do what I prefer, then I made it green, something like that. You can change the saturation and try to read the saturation. It led to the design. It's led to what you want to use it for. But that's okay, that's fine. Let me change this back towards to the default setting, who is next? The red color is good now. Come over here. So far Photoshop knows there is a particular, that is why Photoshop sic, best editing program forward for images, Photoshop understands that there is a particular color in that photo. So far, you've choosed it in the master section over here. Okay, you've choosed it in the master section over. Let's choose, let's choose red. Anything red in this image will be changed to whatever color we prefer. Okay, just click. Old Red is changing what to pink, then what to purple? Blue, perfect. You keep on changing, change words, yellow. You can see it's just like cloning the other ones very perfect. You keep on moving green. What happens like turquoise? Okay, let's leave it at, I think, I don't want to speak it in a purple. Let's use something like, I don't want to use this. Let's use green this time around. Okay, let me stop at green. Fine. What do we do? We increase the saturation. That very light words, don't forget. When you get to the end of saturation itself, it's very bad. The end also? It's very bad. Okay, just move a little bit. Try to desaturate. I love desaturated colors sometimes. Just try to dictate, reduce. You can see, you can see, you can even make it white. White house. You can make dark black house. Now it happens like that. It depends on how creative you are. It's about two uses about your creativity. Everything is embedded in Photoshop. It's now depends on how you want to use it. Just make it something like this. It's okay. This is before, before. It depends on how vast you are. Let's leave this like this. Let's try to change the sky one more time. Let's say something like purple, then reduce it. Something you can see, it's still working together before the before. Now we are targeting the yellow, we're targeting the yellow colors. Now we have this yellow, yellow, yellow, yellow, yellow. What happens? You come over here and choose what? And choose yellow. Okay. Then click and try to change it. You can see even this painting on the road is also, is also changing. Just try to click Change. Try to change and move any color you prefer. I don't want to. What color should there is right now? Let me use pink. No, use blue. But you can see this blue looks somehow. Let me bring this out. It somehow. Really only talk about places like this, places like this, it looks as or something like that. The only way you can control this is to come to the slide. That is why this lecture is all about what's the master section and what's in the slide. The slide is S. The upper slide talks about the color itself we are changing. While the lower slide talks about the color we are changing to, from the before to the after. Something like that. Okay. Before the top slider. And the after is the beneath. The underneath slider, very perfect. You need to know how to control these things. One, this 0.234 mostly words I do is I will control this win first, try to control it and see what happens. If there are no changes, Then try control this word, this aspect, okay? Be able to get the perfect thing you're looking for, okay? But just make sure you try as much as possible and you can also come over then try to make this in or try to bring it out. Okay. If it's not working perfectly, just try to maintain the ratio and try to don't make this one too much. Okay. Just try to bring it down. It's very has. Just to the best of your ability. I think something like this is okay. Then try to change the color. Okay. Something like this should be okay. Then try try to make it it's it's actually, everything is actually rhyming, but it wants to be like this. So just give it not so much. No, no, no, no, no. It's going to affect the other ones. So just click. Okay. Note this time around. Okay. I think something like this is good. Okay. I think something like this is good. Okay. No, I don't want this. No, no, no. Okay, stop. I think the blue is Okay. Fine. You see if it has been the way it is before. See how dist, how scattered the building which was the yellow which we turn to something like blue purple will be. But now that we actually stretch this, it has been able to reduce the distortion. No one is perfect represent or being able to reduce it. This is the before and after. The before and the after. Let's try to create the saturation. Not so much, okay, just coming over here. You can also see the road here. The painting here does what changes also. Okay? Just okay, if it's too much, it will affect also the other ones that are like the saturated green. This is okay. This is the before. The before then it's okay like this and perfect. This is talking about the master section. If you have colors that have geta and the legs, you can use them. That's perfect. This is a lecture that talks about the master section and also the slide. In the next lecture, we're going to be talking about the two which is this. I'll see you in the next. Oh, wait. Before I move to the next lecture. The reason why I chose two images was I want to work perfectly on this also. Click on this, click on this, come to the heel and saturation. You can see this is yellow. Bring it towards the side. Click on yellow, I want to change this color. You click old, old click, old drug. You can see the come over here, you can bring it over here. Click old drug, click old words and drug. Perfect. We've been able to select only one color there. I'll be able to change it to our words, to our preference. Okay. If for pervental, we're trying to select the blue color, we can actually click on sine work more or blue. Okay. What you are just perfect. You. Make sure you don't go to the extreme. Make sure you go to the extreme to actually distort the image. Just try to change anything in blue. You can see it's affecting the ground and the legs. When you make this invisible, you see before, it's so blue. There are shadows of blue over here somewhere on top of this. Now, when we are changing the blue colors in the image, it's affecting. It has to affect because blue is being perceived a little. There are little amount of blue colors, blue shapes in this image, which we can see until after we've changed the color to another color. You can see now we change the color to green. It's affecting the ground over here. It's affecting the wheel, make it invisible. You see the blues. Blues are the blues are being affected. Whatever color we change it to, it's been affected. Okay. So for example, let's make it pop. We made the bus purple. Sky also blue colors. It's also affecting the sky. Sky is now purple. We're actually making things like that. Now, let's go back to the Bosch is yellow, okay? We change to something like something like, let say pink and we try to desaturated. Okay? We leave, leave it at yellow for example. We leave it at yellow. Just like saying that yellow make is what's desaturated. Something like this. Okay. Now we select, we've been able to select the color and be able to change it with the master master section, we're able to choose a particular specific color, then change it to the color we prefer. Okay? And use the saturation changing, and also using this slide, select specific color that this is the type of color I wanted to change. Don't change the color. Even if it is yellow, you're not choosing the yellow perfectly. Now I'm using the scroll. I'm using the slide to click and select it perfectly. Expand or collapse. Expand or color. Sometimes it has been expanded at whatever color you prefer or something like include saturation, intributed, change it to whatever I want to change it to, something like that, change whatever I want to change it to, but it doesn't affect the other things. In the next lecture, we're going to be talking about the icon I see in the next lecture in the. 10. Understanding the Hand icon: In this lecture of the section we're going to talk about the two. Just come over to five, open click on images almost 1.2 but you can choose the post cycle 15. Choose this, which is patents what we're doing, the icon and icon open. Now we have these two images, again for different stuffs. Press out the zoning, the minimal button, the unlock. This comes adjustment. Then he sat adjustment. Now what do we call icon? Icon is this we've talked about the master section? Okay. The icon click. When you click on the icon, you can see what the corsor turns into. It's selected. But when I what happens? The color change back to the number of which I select the icon. It looks like a knife or like a pain, or like an eye dropper or something. When you've activated, when you click on this, you've selected this. Just click on any image just because you see what happens. Look at this master over here. It changes straight like I've selected red. That is, when you don't know the name of a particular image, you don't know the name of the color of a particular image, or you see a particular image with a particular color, which you don't understand and you want to select the color. Then come over here, you don't know the name of the color over here, or you can't find the name of the color over here. Probably like black or white, for example. What do you do last result? The last solution. Last thing you can actually refer back to is what is usually add icon. I select, then I select again, not composite is second. You can carry on. Just click on, just click on this and you see the master changes towards red. Click, look at the sky. The sky changes towards. Click on quick. This white stuff, blues, blue, blue is contained in that white, it just looks white, yellow, yellow, yellow, yellow on this yellow thick. This still yellow, still yellow, still yellow. Okay. It's still blues. Okay. Sounds like it was black. But it depends on what the computer understands reds to the computer. And when you try, click on out, try to zoom in there. Yeah, there's some torture of red somewhere over here, because it doesn't understand black to that extent. When I click on this and try to change, when I click on this selected Reds, what do you do? You can see things are changing over it changes. Press zoom out the control plus z. Let's just reset back to default now, even when you come to the second image over here, click on the move, just click on this. Then click on he saturation. Just try to unlock that layer. What do you select? The heal and saturation you have to select for you, just select the layer, nothing we show here. Just select the heal and saturation adjustment layer. Just Mic, I'm very sorry. Okay, so good. This has been selected. Now let's go to the icon. Click on the icon. What happens? It changes to yellow. The slide immediately comes to yellow. Then as a yellow is this then what you want to change it to? Anything you prefer. Only the yellow. What is a fan? Actually los jargon. It looks somehow. Just click here. Try to bring it together. Actually bring together something bad might happen somehow. Let's try to stretch, stretch you click, it becomes smooth, very smooth. It becomes smooth, very smooth. The slide actually helps us to make the color or smooth, something like that. Make it pale. Color, color. You use just try to make it pale. Something, something like this. Be able to use the ID and icon to select that part. A white box, a black box, a red, black, red box of white. That's nice. Just go back to the set default setting for example and icon. Then just click select the blue. Try change every, all the N in the image, all the ends, images are being affected. We just try to reduce something like that. Reduces saturation. You make it lighter or what. It depends on whatever you want to use. That is for this image. For this image, actually we've done something to. Another thing we can do is we can try to click. When we click on this is not composite, we just click and move over. Start adjusting. We can do everything you click. You can see as I'm holding it, I'm clicking and holding okay. You can move to the left and move to the right. You can see it is only affecting the saturation. On affecting the saturation. But the thing is that I want to change the color itself, not the saturation. Then then back to a part resetting, what do you still selected. But when you want it to change the hell ration, you press control first. Then what? You click on the image, then start changing it. You click on the image, you click on the image, then start changing it. Perfect. Then start changing it. Perfect. Apart from you coming to the master section and selecting you can do, you can use the ad icon. Click, hold and drag in any way in any area of the Photoshop image zero, sorry for that. So now the icon is very simple and very easy, it's selected. Just click on whatever click I. I'm not pressing control right now, okay. It reduces the saturation. Go back to normal. The normal saturation. But it wants to work to inplace or to change the colors using the heures control. Then click on, it's what happens. Only the control, the slide on the slide in the control, sorry. On the hue changes, only the word hue changes. Only the Ue changes. Perfect. Perfect, perfect. That is it for the icon, the icon. That is how it actually works. It works just like the master section, but the icon is just like a shortcut very fast. Just old drag part colors to the left, to the right which drag particles. The left to the right. That is, it changes its saturation. But if you want to change the color itself, you need to press on the control. When you press on the control, the first step, let me go back to country zero. The first step that you press, you select the icon. Sorry, sorry for that. The first thing that you select the icon, when you select the icon, what happens? You click here, Old drug. Don't forget as I've said. Oh, sorry. Yeah. Okay. Don't forget. As I've said, it affects only the saturation. Or if you wanted to affect the color itself, what do you do? You click press control first. After you've selected the icon, you press control first, then click on the color. Then it changes the color to whatever color you had prefer. Let's move the slide like this to smooth, press the control, then click Old Drug. You click and drag to your taste. Click Old and words, what? To your taste. That is how it means to be using the words, the icon. In the next lecture, we're going to be talking about how to colorize in Photoshop and what colorize. 11. Understanding colourize: In this lecture, I'm going to teach you how to colorize in any image in Photoshop. Now, come to fire, then open, then come over here, we're going to click, click on this, only this image. Then click on what's open. Now we have this, just press control zero. Look at this nice image, the way it looks like. Now come over here, unlock, select the adjustment layer, then saturation adjustment layer. The last thing is what color? Click now you can actually see if it is unchecked. What happens is, in its natural color, the way the image looks like. We have a yellow tomato here. Let me zoom in. Press the Space Bar. Okay? Press an Old, then click on the image, then try to drag it to the right hand side. Now we have this perfect, beautiful tomatoes. We have yellow one with a green head, or a green probably. A seed or something like that or a branch. Okay, We have a green one with a green branch. We have a red tomato with a green branch. Now we have that perfect. Now, moving on, we can actually decide to just click, you know how change everything, all the colors. When we change one color, it changes to another color. All the colors are not simultaneous. Before we add before, after, before. This is yellow. Now now red before this is light green, but now dark green. Before this is red, but now purple. Let's pop. Just something like that. Okay. Now it's changes to any color. It's preferred, not the color we prefer ourselves. What do we do? We want to make it like com desaturate, something like that, but's default adjustment layer good. But we want to make the color of these three tomatoes the same thing. What do we do? We color everything gives specific colors. As a default colorized color, you can change it. Just click on Colorized What happens? Everything remains the same. Everything is now the same, less saturated. If the English is something like this. On something to be like I, okay, something like this, then we can change it to any, actually perfect everything. Green, toquoise. Okay, blue. Okay, moving towards, moving to pink, moving into something like yellow. Okay, let me increase the saturation again. The downwards, pink, blue. Okay. Toi, Okay, moving down to green. Wow, yellow, something like red. I think I prefer the green color. Something like this. Then you can increase the saturation or decrease its saturation depending on how much you want it, how much you want it to look like. If you give it lightness, it's actually makes the images white or dark. Just leave it at T plus, depending on how you want to change your, it depends on how you want to make it look like this is the before and what's in the after. Okay, let me see how we're using something like this. Color color, This is the before and what's in the after. That is how it meant to be control zero. When you say in coloriz, colorized actually makes your color look uniform, look green, turquoise, everything. Irrespective of the color in which they are before. Everything now looks, now looks the same. And what's perfect? The same, Perfect. You make it invisible. And what's invisible, just try to see what's happening. How doesn't look like? Is it perfect? Are the good looking? Something like that. Okay. Invisible, make it what's visible. That is all about colorized. Colorize actually makes image colors in a particular image uniform. Everything is uniform from the beginning to the end. That is it for this lecture, in this section. Exercises of practical exercises for you. Work on it is in the next lecture which is like the last. It is the next, after this lecture, which is the last item in this section, you work on the exercises in this section. It's very important. Now coming over here, come to five, come to open. Okay. You will see the exercises once again come to download, okay, and chain anything the exercises in the exercise, in the exercise files or less practice files. So this is the exercise. We have assignments, assignments 12123, You can see this is 34 Assignments for three is meant for three is meant for all three. This is for 4.4 These are the three assignments I wanted to work on this assignment, which is let on this contra open, have you try to use everything contra zero. You try to everything I have used in this section, like using color, using saturation, lightness, using the master section, using the slide. Okay. It's very fun. It goes a long way. You're just having something like space bath, having something like this. The changing the e, okay, from left to right. Something like this changes the perfectly, the colors change perfectly and you try to reduce the saturation. Something like that. Just try to practice. Practice makes perfection as it's been said. Each come over here also using this as an example, trying to make adjustments to it, using a hue saturation. Something like changing everything we have here and reducing its saturation to something. When saturation are being reduced, it makes it look even more realistic. The last assignment which is this, I think something like this. Also only practicing that, using color. Practicing with color, okay? Using the, use the bar over. You can actually put this one. I'm just actually giving an int on how to do it. Just click on this. Then click on the hue, saturation and adjustment space. But some way now we have something like this. We, we have something like this. We, you can actually Che E, W. Depends on how well you like. It's okay. Che E, O Se. Everything changes, okay. Everything changes to whatever you want. Try to reduce its saturation also to whatever color you wish it a little too much, okay? Whatever color you wish. Also you can use the master section, something like this. Also use the color, okay? Make all the color uniform something like that. Okay? Practice, practice, practice. The assignments are there for you to use to practice on your own. Apart from the project file, we have the assignments. What we have the assignment practice files. The assignments for this section is 44.4 Practice. If you have any questions, ask me. I'll be ready to answer your questions. So, we move to the fifth section. I'll see you there. 12. How to change colours with the Quick Selection Tool - Part 1: In this lecture, I'm going to be teaching us how to change the color of anything with the color. With the selection to. With the quick selection to rather if you're not having you interface like this, just come over a counter, open. What happens? Then scroll down then click, click on the quick selection to 05 a press what's open? You'll find it like this is controls like this. That's control plus zero. Just make sure you press the control plus the minus key on the keyboard. Now we're going to use a quick selection. As I've said earlier, quick selection, how does it work? Press use the minimal bottom, which is then what you scroll in. Then what do you do? Come over now there's something I want us to understand. The quick selection to us is something like the brush icon. You can find it over you click the size is 13 p X or pixel or something like that. You, when you click this, it becomes bigger. Click becomes bigger, bigger. You can see it's very big. It's like transparence with outline. The outline is very thick. When using things like this, we make sure the outline is not thick. That is the add ness. The size is 200668, but let's try to reduce, okay, something like this. For example, the add ness is too much, 97% We don't want the add ness to be too much, just zero. Okay? The add ness be something at zero actually is not affecting, but if we had actually painted up on something, it will be two add and two. Okay. But just leave it the way it is now. I prefer it being zero. Now to change the size, we can come over here and change the size the shortcut is worth. Let's go back to, okay, let's go back to the quick selection. To the shortcut is worth. You put press out. When you press out, what do you do? You press option for the mark users. For the window users. Why? Option for the mark users? When you press out, you don't left click your right click. Not just right clicking like the snow right click and hold your hand on it, then drag to the left. As it increases the dimension, the size, you can see what is right in the black um, rectangle which says dimension. Or when you move it to the left hand side, it's what it reduces. When we move to the right hand side, what it increases left hand side, it reduces. I still have my out pressed. You can see it. You can see it. Out is still out is held, or I'm using the right click. Move to the left, then move to the right. But even moving up and down, what's happening is the addness, the addness I changed to series time is now being increased towards, to 100. Don't even at 100, Don't forget, my out is still unpressed. Okay. Now this is too big. Because I want to start with, start with this, this leaf over. Okay. This is too big. So just try to present out. Try to red. Start from the top here, coming down somewhere. So click the onwards. Then this outwards. Click old using the right button of the mouse, then introduces it. Then you click no. So what do you do out then? Zoom out. Okay, You can just do this or press on the, what's it called on the space bar. Then click hold and drag this. So what I use mostly is using the out to do zoom, Zoom out, okay? Then what happens? They use the space bar to use the space bar. Then use the left mouse, click, drag to left, right, or something like that, so sorry. So what do you do? You click hold and drag. So you can see you can zoom. Nothing is happening yet. So you can just just click once you click hold and drag out, zoom out. And what's space path? What's happening? Then start clicking, Click, zoom out the space path. Then what you see, it's very tiny, so use the right hand mass of the button. Then click on the drag to the right hand side then. Okay. Okay. Something like this. Okay? But you have to understand something that something is happening. Choose everything immediately. Let me show you again. Okay. Right click and selecting Quick selection. Just click once, see what happens. Click Old and Drug. What happens? Click Old And what happens? Click Old. And what happens? You click old. And what happens? It's selected. Selected the edges or whatever it says. Just try to contrate this rest. Try to contras look at this, but when you zoom in, it's not choosing them perfectly. It can never be perfectly understand. Not choosing this, okay. Oh, sorry. Contra space out is not selecting this out. How do you rectify the mistakes? Firstly, come over, it lets, let's rectify this first, then out, then try to decrease, then click hold and what. And transfer the old and drag. Try to reduce it. That's zoomed in perfectly. Okay. It's okay. Like that. I don't think this is okay. Try to minus. No, no, no, no, no. When you are added to something, you **** forget. When you're subtracted from something, you you can see the brush. That is because brush is being used to paint over some paint. Just paint over to select things. When you see a circle like this is an icon of a brush, what do you do? You press on out. When I press on, you can see the icon at the middle is now minus. When I leave the out apples, it returns to plus. When I press on ship, it's two plus. Now I have to press on the out, Click, click, click, click something. Then press on coming outside. Then let's see something like this. Oder ones are okay, Mistress space for. You can see somewhere like this out. Then what do you do? Come over here then you subtract. Use the outs to subtract whatever you do. Subtract, see how it works. Subtracting the sheets. Then you add over here. It's okay. Like that. You try to subtract here. Also try what we oh, I'm sorry. To subtract out. Sorry, I was present. And sheets out why, what was happening at. So it's not really perfect because the image is blow. It's okay. It's fine. Okay. Okay. Something like this to need to be added to shifts then add to this. Okay. Increase. Increase. Okay. Oh, sorry, Confused, We're talking about this plant over here. Okay. So adding to minus from here. I'm going to minus from here. Minus for me. Okay. So something like that. It's okay. Yeah, So something like this is okay. Just try to minus, So something like that. Just try to minus, minus, Something like that. It's okay. Just come over here as I may not be able to get everything perfectly, but at least 99% Out. Try to minus. From also. Minus. Okay, minus. Okay, good. Okay. Costs. Zooming yeas to reduce. Oh sorry. Outs, out. Try to reduce. Oh, sorry. I should add, not reducing. It's part of it. So you can never perfect wherever we do. Never perfect. The less stretches of the outs, the increase the eases sheets decide this balance. This is odds to decide. Good to go on ships move somewhere. Uh huh. Body, oh, traces of rash, uh ohs, traces of Rs like this. This is perfect. Now, what do we do? Just try to have forgotten to unlock the control control zero. You can see it's showing that this has been selected from far away. What do I do now? I want to change the color of that yellow to something different. Then come over here. We'll forget. We've forgotten the saturation. Click on the hell. Saturation. What happens? You can see this normally, normally when we are using he saturation. We only, which is also this. But now we're not focusing only on this. We're focusing on this which is a layer mask. Which is this which I said we're going to touch later in this tutorial now. Good, when we have something like this. You can see over here when we say something is layer mask, we have a section, we have lectures on layer mask. When you're talking about layer mask, when a particular area is black, those black areas are invisible. When a particular area is white, it is only the white area that is what's visible. The black is invisible. So now we have the white area which is believe I selected the other time. Now how do we know? Okay, probably something has happened is what you click and the rag, try changing the color of its C out and minus little bits on chanel, a little bit to your taste. Whatever you prefer. Probably I think green. I reduce the saturation if possible. Okay, saturation if possible, just click Using purple or something like that, create the saturation to make the leaves the way they look rich. We have red wine, we have yellow dying leaves or something, bake them, even die added. Okay. I'm going to red the saturation, take them life less or something like that. Okay. Changes to any color I prefer. But I think the purple is preferable to this before, after the. I'm not going to change the rope in the Tua. I'm going to change every aspect of the leaves. Probably not everything but some because I don't want to make this tutu very long. That is the way we're going to quick selection tool to select images in Photoshop. Let me try another one. Okay, come over here, out, come over here, use this. What do I do the quick selection to now? For example, when there are mistakes in some images, you know how to correct it using the shift to add to selection. Using the out call option in the mark uses to subtract from selections. Now what do we do, a present out, then try to increase. Okay? Just try to make a selection. Or I think it's perfect, I don't start correctly. Let me just make sure this race is perfect. Also out then try to reduce the quick selection to then we are going to go now. Now we have this fine. Then what do I do again? I come over here and choose a hue saturation adjustment layer. What happens? You can see the foci, this is the new averect is this and it's showing white. The other ones are showing black. That is, when I use a layer mask and change anything, it's selected. Only this leaf, this leaf is selected. It doesn't affect the other leaves. That's what I want you to understand. Now, when I changes to a lap color, it's only affects that we leave. What happens mixes green. Then I reduce the saturation. You can see like something dying. Now, click this move like this, we have this, you click, click this before the P, this is the word after. There are some ways you can do it, whereby when you have a hundreds or tens, or even 234567 layers and you try to show there before. After what you do, you click and drag down. It closes everything. When I drag down to close this, then leave, you see you press you click select and make it visible. Then make this visible. These two, I want them simultaneously, gone, click, drag, click, drag down. I want them automatically all clicker and drug perfect. But I think I want this to be much more or less saturated among these others were much more less saturated. Fine. Now out zero, we now have like two different colors of dying leaves. Now I change another one, which is a change this last one over and the last one. Good. I use the quick selection again. Just come over here a quick selection, then try to increase. Click old drug. Very fast, very simple. Contra clicks old drug, very simple. Let me contra it again then just zooming over. You click Olddrug. You can click Old. Making it goes like that. That's fine. This is okay for us. I come over present on the present on right click, move to the left and side, use the outs to then. Okay, this looks somehow, because I think there's a reflection, which is not making Photoshop to see what is happening. It's left to us to use the out key. This just gets more closer to it. Okay. Something like that. Control zero, okay? Outwards. And now we have this actually come over S P. Actually we have this now. So we can, we can click onwards, saturation layer. We have this also. The leaf is what is the white area? Why? The black area is everything that doesn't affect, everything that is not affected by hue, saturation adjustment layer. Now we have purple, we have green. What else do we need? We have yellow. So let's say turquoise right now, we reduce, reduce its saturation drastically on. I think it's okay, like this. I think I had green before. It looks almost the same thing and I don't want them to look the same thing. Then move to the left hand side. I think blue is perfect. Then something like this. Good. Now, control, things are changing now. Let me click old and drug. Then click old and drug. Let me click, Click. Click this. I think it's desaturated. I want it to be desaturated. Good. Click, Click, Cold and Drug. Nice one. So apart from that we have this last one which I know tamper with. Okay. So I think it should be somewhere so Os space back, something like this. So now we have this. Then the perfect. Very, very perfect. The only place, and I think there is a problem, is coming over here then as try to reduce the something like this, and it's somehow perfect. Okay, let's try to do something like this then. Oats, oats, oats. Try to reduce as this, as you know what's happening. What's happening? Oats, oats, oats. Plus, take my hand away from oats. Out gloss. So sorry. Then out again. Come now we have that image. I want to change it to something else. So what do we do? We click on hue saturation adjustment layers. The first left, second third left, four leaf. Okay, good. Now what? I have green pop blue. I want to under color, I have a yellow variable, so I can't be using yellow. Oh, sorry. So I'll just keep on moving it to the way it suits you. I think it should be okay. I think I used almost all the colors or something like that, so we're having like a wide, little biggy black. I just see you before this song lady Atco. I'm trying to make sure the color is different from the other ones I had before. So I think this should be okay. That's okay for now. So we have this is the before, this is what's there after. Okay, I think one way, this, I want to be less saturated. Very much saturated. I want this also to be very much less saturated. I want this is also to be very much less saturated, is also to be very much less saturated. Everything. Now in line, whatever I want, just put it, let me put it somewhere. Okay, Now we click. And you can see that is before the before. Now what's can actually change things the way we want? It depends on whatever you want to change, the colors of whatever you have to that first, for quick selection using the leaves, we don't forget we have this as, this is the before and this is, this is after. Apart from that, we can actually fix this or fix this way. Perfect. Depends, It depends on you. Okay? Before and after the before again. That is it for this story. The net be talking about quick selection. To how to use Quick selection to choose to select another image, which is what? The apple images. 14. How to change colours with the Pen Tool: Lecture I'm going to be teaching you how to use a pencil. Come over here, come to open, then come down over here. Then click on the, press this, then control, then press this. Then you click on what's open is opened already, so I have to just cancel. Now, the pin to is the most advanced tool in Photoshop in selecting, that is used in selecting objects in an image or a particular area, area in an image. Where do you find the pin to? Just come over here, Click on this. But before I click on this, you have to unlock the layer. Now when I click on this, let's click, How does it work? You click, click here. You don't click, drag. Now, later you're going to do that. But just click, click, click, click, click what? You come over here to close. Wherever you click, you can see, you can see when, when I got closer to this point here, what happened? It's brought something like what Z, something like a circle underneath underneath that icon. That coral icon. It means to close something and make sure that this is what path checked. Shape path, not shape path. What happened? It's gone. There is a particular way. There's a particular, there's a particular, there's a particular place where our drawings our path. It doesn't save in any other places like layer or others channel. It saves. It saves in what path? When you click on this, we have just click on it. It comes back to life. Okay. In case you click on okay, that's a mistake, let me undo. Okay. In case you click on, on this, move to and you just click somewhere like this or something like that. You contra zero. Okay. Probably click somewhere like this, Somewhere like this. Contrary con layer, click like this, make sure you're not path anymore. In layers, you click like this. Nothing shows. Nothing shows. The path is what's happening. You click on Path, the words, click on this and shows back. Just click on the background. Click on the canvas over here. It's very simple, just come. Even if you're in layers, you can just click, click, click, click. Okay. That is the pin to another way we can actually, let me just come over to click, hold and drag, deletes. Come to layers, then select the pin to once again, now you've selected the Pinto, we're going to use the pine, this particular area, and change the color. The reason why we're using a pencil for this basically is what is that when we use the quick selection to we do what? The right, the right hand of the mouse. Okay. Then you drag I'm still holding on out. Then I pressed down the right hand of the mouse. Okay. Then move it to the left, to the right, to increase zoo focus. We've done this already. What do you do? You try to click here like this. Okay. Like this, like this. Okay? Like this, like this. This is not perfect to that extent. Even quick selection to itself is not perfect. It will take time to make sure thing happens the way it's meant to happen, but using the pin makes things very easy for us. Let me select right clicking in the select. Just press press. What do you do? Use the pain before we use the pin. Let me use this. Come up a little bit. Use the pencil now, we can actually click the pencil like this, but there are sometimes we need some curves, not just straight lines. What do we do where we click over here? We old, not just on, not just that. You click once and leave, you click and drag, click, click old. It's something we have to understand, consigning the pencil, it remembers the last thing you do. Now if you want to change this back to a straight line and you click like this, it's curves. Why should it be like that? Need a straight line. How do you achieve it? Just click on, just press contrast, it goes back. Now you want to click on this. It coves, but we need a straight line. How do we do it? Press on out. There's a faster short cut press out than what's come back here. You can see the course looks like this. Normally, when I am almost at this point, what happens, it's becomes something like a greater than. A less than. Okay. Something like a pointed out pointing up. Because I'm holding on out. Let me reask you, see what happens. It changes the icon. It changes the sine of the icon. So just press out, then move on, then click, then happens, fine. But when you come over here and click, it turns back, it goes backwards to the straight line. That's what you need to understand. Now when I come back here again, try to cove something. A straight line, what happens? It's cops again, but I do co contras. Then press out, come to the middle of the space, the last point and click it. Then what happens? You get a straight line again. That is how it is done. Using the pin. I'm, I'm, we're going to practice using the banana and selecting the pills of the banana and changing it to whatever color we prefer. Okay, now click on the move to then come over to Path to Path. Then click Old. And what dt? We don't need this. See what is happening. It just looks like that. Just control zero and it goes back to normal. Press on the zoom in, okay? Press disperse. Press old, okay. That's good. Now, come to the pent. Now we click on the pen, then zoom in. Now we have this. We have to do little by little, very careful, I can actually cove it. Just something like this. You can see something like that. You click old and drag. Like you drag to the extent you feel like dragging. Okay. So it's okay. Okay. You know, I have to come down here because this is part of the P. When I come down, what happens? There is a cough and I don't need it. So you contro impress on what, the income over here. Then click what happens? It goes back to what? It goes back to normal. Let me come down a little bit like this. So press the space bar, press an old, then click old using the left mouse. No, we shouldn't go more than this. Okay. I can actually back space using backpace or I contra. Okay. So. So it shouldn't go like this. It should go up. Yeah. Okay, so we'll move now, something like this. I click and drag. Oh, it's not giving what I want to just control. It can click, Yeah. Something like this. Okay. So now I'm going to click on this. What happens is loose somehow, which, you know, you have to present on was and come over here then. No, no, no. The edges of the pill will not, can't be streaks. Okay to go off. Okay. So don't forget when you press the O, when you press the space back and you click, hold the left mouth button and you release the key and its hands. Because you use the hand to its hands, what do you do? You press again? You press the left mouth button again. I think there's something at the end here. Okay, let me zoom out a hi bit. There's something at the end. Contra. Just leave it like that's okay. That one's okay. Comp can't see, it's malfunctioning. You just click on my time and it goes away. Okay. It's computer. It's not perfect, so the edges are off. Okay. Can I stu easy coffee? Let me just maintain what I'm doing right. Okay. Now, control zero. So we have this right now, what happens? Just click on, just click on the move to just select the move to now we have this. We have the pill being selected using what's using the pen as we all know. Just come over to layer. Then we click on what? We click on the adjustment layer. Then what? Saturation. Now we've clicked on saturation. Do not forget when you click on saturation everywhere. Here the select parts on, the select part is white. Why the non selected part is black? Look at this place. This is the layer mask going to bask. Okay? And also it's layers to bask in this section. Okay, in tutorial upcoming, the pill is selected. You can see the pill is white selected. The other ones are like gray color. Normally supposed to be black, but it's just gray right now. Other ones are gray color or probably black. Okay, they are not selected. When I come over here, click old drag, What changes on the selected part changes. So we can see we're trying to make something like, no, we can't use this color, doesn't look realistic. We can use a color like this, any type of color, because they are bananas, you would see that are bananas. That al we have this a yellow banana. It's either we use a green banana, we use a reddish banana and try to reduce its saturation. E, or increase its saturation. But that's too much reduce saturation. Give it, give it some, No, no, no. Just leave this one as it is. You can actually reduce the saturation. I think. Let's use green also. No, I don't want to use green. Let's leave it saturate. Okay. Something like this. When we click, make it invisible. This is before the words, thereafter. But I like to reduce the saturation of whatever I'm using just to make it look even more real. Okay, now we have, we have this now. We've been able to use the pain to perfectly because the pin tool will cut, cut across every aspect you want to cut across. Everything goes on perfectly using the pain. Okay? But if it was the quick selection too and the lex, we just have to start selecting minus and subtracting, adding, okay. Sometimes because sometimes you see some images that are very difficult. You see some images that are very difficult. When you see difficult images like that, what do you use? The pain, you see very difficult areas to cut out, very difficult areas to select. What do you do? Use the pain, even pain when you use the pain to select it can be cut out from particular area. Okay. But using the pen tool, I just want to to different selection tools used in selecting a particular area for us to change the color Whenever you find it difficult to use quick selection to find it difficult to use the icon, find difficult to use the master section and some other section, the last result which is the best. Which will take time. Actually, the last result, which is the best and the most accurate, the most advanced is what is the pain. And it is one is the one I taught you just now. What do you do? This is the before. This is the after. This is the before. This is the after. This is the before after. I can say that there's something here. Don't mind this one, actually. Okay? You don't need to mind this one, okay? But this is the before. This is what? The perfect country zero again. This is the before, this is before. And the after. Very perfect. Before, after, perfect. Before the very perfect. Now let's come over here and try to use a pain also on. On this, I would use the pin in the middle. Only at the middle. Okay, just onwards, then zoom in. Now you click on the pin, then try to trace this. So like this, just zooming, there's a mistake. Just con toe it. So it's very accurate when you use something like this. Very accurate, it's chooses the edges perfectly than just using some automatic stops like that. Okay. Because you're doing this manually. You do it manually. But it will take time but will be more accurate than any other thing. Okay. But if you're using the quick selection tool and the likes the magic one to. Okay. What else? Rectangular market and the legs it selects themes. Birds as perfect as what? As the pen too is. Okay. So contras not working, just use the back space. What's happening? Oh, okay. Okay, Let's continue. So you can actually fast track everything. Let me just make it very fast, okay? I want to make it very fast. This case back then. Click on, this is fine. Even before you click on this, something will happen. After you click on something like this, then you are the end point. We're going to close this. Right now, there was a beginning point, and this will be the end point. Something like that. When we're about to close, what happens? You can see the icon of the pencil at the bottom. There's nothing. There is something like zero telling us what to close. Now we have close, okay, control. Then try to use the ore on. Okay. Now we have this. Now click on the move to, then what do you do? You click on the adjustment layer. Then what's the saturation and what? You change its color to any color you prefer. Okay, perfect. Looks good. We used this color. In the last one, I reduced its saturation. That is, how to use the pencil. As I've said, the pencil is very, very important. And it is like the last result when it comes to selecting objects, when it comes to selecting different things. When it comes to selecting a particular area in an image. It makes it clear that think the objects, the area has been selected perfectly better than other tools in Photoshop. But the pencil is perfect and more advanced than any other two. Okay, let me try something else now. Let's just come down here. Let me use a pencil on this last, on this last, last part of the apple strawberry or something like that. So let me use a pencil one more time again. Okay. Then I'll give it another color. No, just me contra, oh, you can see what is happening as I'm doing at this is showing purple. So what actually is happening is that I'm drawing again on this layer, which I'm not supposed to do, just contra, I'm supposed to do that. Okay. What I have to do now is that I'll create a new layer. Okay, I'll just come over. Just click on this. Then what do you do? Click on this layer. Okay, let's just something you can see, nothing happened again. So just contra it. So just click on this. Just zooming, okay, it's not perfect. Just click on this, click on this, click on the, click on the, click on this, click on this, click on this shifts, sorry, press the space, but then click old end, drag. Trying to first struck, you could remember all using a quick selection to it was not able to select this place perfectly. Okay, so we have to just start subtracting and adding. Subtracting and adding with a quick selection to or using the paint to its brings about perfection. Although no one is perfect, it's brings about like 99% perfection in whatever we're cutting or whatever we're selecting the sorry, it's not closed circle, so closed. What happens? So just try to zoom out, is this what happens? Then come here, what's the hue Saturation adjustment layer. Click on it. Then what's the move to then? Just try to change this also any color which you prefer. I think green will be doing it perfectly this time around. Green just reduce saturation. We're good to go. That is using the pen to, to cut out places. Using the pen too to select different places. Okay. In Photoshop. Okay. Just scrolling up and down, just seeing what is happening. So that's good. That's nice. Okay, we've been able to just control plus zero. Just zooming. Okay. Something like this. It's perfect and okay. Looks nice. I think I need to reduce the saturation of this again. It's okay. It's okay by me. So that is it for the pen. How to use a pen to select an area and paint that area, change the color of the particular area in Photoshop. In the next tutorial, we're going to be talking about the layer mask out in different ways. Where we have the part one layer mask and part two layer mask out. We're going to be using the layer mask also to select areas, select a particular object, a particular theme, in particular them in an image. I'll see you in the next. 15. How to change colours with Layer Mask - Part 1: Tutorial video, I'm going to be teaching you how to use the layer mask. Where by using the layer mask in changing the color of anything, any image, any areal in Photoshop, we just come over here to click on Open. Then scroll down to Five layer mask and five layer mask. Just click this one, then press control. Click this. Then what you open, mine is open already. I just have to cancel this. Good. Now what is layer mask? First, just try to unlock this. What is layer mask? We've been using layer mask when firstly, I try to select something, then come over here to the saturation adjustment and click when I click. And what happens when I select something? Okay, then I click the saturation adjustment layer. What happens then? In the previous videos I've done, I select something with quick selection to open. When I click the saturation adjustment layer, something pops up. Let me click on, you see something pops up, Everything here becomes black. And the middle or that particular thing isolates only shows white. I said the white area is visible area. Why? The dark area is the invisible area. You remember that using the layer mask. What is the layer mask itself? This is white object here. This white rectangle is what we call the layer mask. Actually, every adjustment layer comes with a layer mask. Let me show you color balance. Is color balance. You can see this is icons a layer mask. Let me show you gradient. This gradient it has, it has its own layer mask, layer mask, X, O. To make a particular part, make an area in a particular image visible, and make the other areas invisible. It depends on your expertise, how perfect, how good you are, how skillful, how creative you are. I'm going to teach you that. How to use the layer mask in changing the color of anything in Photoshop. Now click on this and what drag over the deli. Now we have the saturation adjustment layer. Now we have this. Don't forget, when you click on this, it shows you the mask. But when you click on this, it shows you the saturation adjustment layer. Very important, you click on this, seeing the colors. You have to click on this because this is where the he saturation is itself. And this is the layer mask attached to every adjustment layer. Now, what do you do? Firstly, click on this, then try to reduce this. I don't need this aspect. Just try to reduce what I need exactly. Is that the o sneakers want it to be blue. I want it to maintain its blue color. Why? The clothes laid down here should be, the color should be changed. That when I click old and drag and changes color, only the color of the sneakers does what changes? How do I do it? Probably I can use a quick selection to start selecting, use the pain to start selecting. Yes, it happens. But this is another way of changing the color of anything in photos because that is our aim in this tutorial video, we can actually use another way, which is what the layer mask. I reduce this the side, so I just decided to reduce this. And press on Out. Then zoom in, press on Out. Then use the middle mouse in. The zoom in, okay. Press on space bar, Then try to bring this one over here like this. Zoom out a little bit. Just put this one here on this, like this. What happens? Isn't this color amazing? I want to look for a very perfect color. Because the color itself, to make this visible click, the real color itself is what it's like. Yellow, something, something like that. Click, odd. Looking for a perfect color that would be a contrast to the other one we saw just now. I think I should use this. Okay, I'll use this. This is perfect. So what do I want? I only want these sneakers to be blue. Not the clothes laid down, not the clothes underneath it. When I make this invisible, you can see to make this visible. How do I remove the color from? How do I remove this blue color? From what's from the clothes underneath? And I want you to maintain is what it's yellow color. How do I do it? You come to, you, come over to the W, to the layer mask. You put the layer mask here. What happens? You start to paint. How do you paint? We all know that we have a brush tool in Photoshop. Brushes, if it's correct, are used in painting. Come over here. This is brush the brush tool. See. You can see the preview. You can see the preview. You can see the preview. It's just like now. Just click on this. Any color that is here would be the color. Let me just click. You see it's going to build out the black color. Okay? Okay, sorry, It's on a layer mask already, so it can bring out the black color. So for example, if click over here. Okay, this is the second images. This doesn't have a layer mask, doesn't have anything, only this layer. Okay. Now this is black. When I come here and paint over the space, what apples, it's paints in black. Okay? For example, when I click over here, then change the color, something like this. Purple, right click. Okay. When I paint what, apples, it's purple that choose. Okay. When I click on this, bring yellow. Okay. Just click and it's yellow that chose. Okay. That's how it works. That's how the brush to works. But we don't need this at just contrast it contra, one more time and it's gone. We come back here. The reason why it's not painting on this is because there is a layer mask here. It's response to the layer mask. Now contrast it. When you want to use the layer mask, there is something. It's a technique. Let me just say people don't know about the technique. People don't know about it, they just use Photoshop. Okay, is how it works. But no, that's not how it's supposed to be, That's not how it's meant to be. Now, when you want to use the layer mask, this space can be wipes or when you just press control, or it can be black. You can see the layer mask goes away. What the color I used before goes away. Why? Because this layer mask over here is what is black? That is, it's invisible. Just like clicking on this invisibility saying, making invisible doesn't change anything because the layer mask here is black already. This invisibility, when I click on this again and what control means what? In invert, okay? Like change in, change out, okay? When I control eye again, I make it white. That is, this layer mask, this hue, saturation becomes visible. Except I make this invisible, invisible. I can click here and press control eye again. Showing the black means what? Invisible, Showing the white means visible. Now, when I paint black on the whites, the white is this blue. We are saying when I paint black on it like this, what happens? You see the black shoes, you see the black show something like this. It shows, you can see, but that is not what you can see. That's just an example. Country countryside. Okay, good. That is it for the black. But why did it paint black? Why is black painted on it out Apple. Now we have to produces a brush. There are two things interrelated connecting together, the foreground color and the background color. Okay, with this place now, the foreground color is what we need. It is what we need exactly. The foreground color must be black. To have a relationship with the layer mask, which is white. Or the four ground column must be black. Or the four ground column must be pit. Rather, to have a relationship with what? With the layer mask. Which is what? Black. It must not be white and white. Otherwise, nothing would happen. They I'm sorry for the delay before my first shot was malfunctioning. So I'll just close it and open again. Good. Now, as I've said earlier, let me repeat myself. When the four ground color is black, the layer mask must be white for us to see the effects. Let me click on this. You can see see Contra when the layer mask is what is black? Just layer mask control. This must be must be white before grand color must be white. We don't need the background poles. Fore grundler, we just tug. Then what do you see? What happens then? This comes to light. They are interrelated. It must not be black, black, it must be white, White, black, white or white, black. Do you understand black, white or white? Black. Control is the secret trick. Behind. Now let's make this control in the turn is back to normal. Now we have to them click on the hue saturation when I changes. Okay, everything changes. But what I want is that I want the sneaker to be blue. While the other ones, are we there Orange? Which is the clothes underneath. Should be orange. Should be dark. Yellow is what do I do? I paint on the clothes underneath to release the color blue from it. That is the layer mass is white. Now what do I do? I paint black on the layer mask, off the word of the clothes underneath the sneakers. So when I come in and paint white, nothing happens. But when I toggle, when I switch, what happens, it changes. Everything changes. But if everything changes and what's after very carefully, what I'm doing, what, so there's no for you to take this away actually actually doing everything fine underneath. Okay. So it's what it changes. But what really happened is that what if you make a mistake? I just like, oh, what am I going to do? It's not bad. What do you do? You try to do what? Try, what do you do? You make sure that you changes back towards to whites. And what paint on the that you changes to whites is worth making that black area visible again. Let me repeat myself. You click on this, This is black. You made a mistake of what? I made a mistake. I'm supposed to paint on the. You want you continue? What can you do? You change the painting of the brush towards whites? What do you do? You paint back. It's not that you've destroyed it. Don't need to press control. Don't need just this is how it works. It works perfectly perfectly. So now you maintain, even if you come over here is like it goes back to the beginning, but no contrast. What do we want you changes what? To black. Okay, now just continue what you're doing. Contrast, I'm not supposed to contra I should have changed this painting yet to white. But my first, my hand was too, was too fast. But that's not a problem. That's gone a problem at all. So what happens? I would zoom in a space back. What do I do? Press on out. Try to reduce the brush. Because if I do not reduce it, because if I do not reduce it is going to affect the sneakers and I want to affect the snickers or whatever I do, I try to reduce it there. You can see then just in the change what's changed to white. The pulls back the color. It pulls back the color. No, back to black. Okay. Make sure that it's opposite. Black painting on white, painting on what's on black. So, so in us, but can never be perfect. The pain too, that is a problem. But these are different ways of doing, of doing whatever I want to do. Okay. Okay, so let's keep tying. Just control zero. I think I still have to adjust some sides here to adjust this side. Hey, there's a mistake I think dips white, it's back. Then make its black again. Okay. Then under so I think we'll have this perfectly now. It's not perfect over yet. Kim tried to reduce the B. Okay. Okay. Contr proposlyd. Just to see what is happening, the pencil is the most perfect we can. Very perfect. Like the pencil control zero. I think that's the best right now. Click on the satrationhen click on the satration. When you change the color changes on the words, the canvas. I said canvas on the words, the sneakers changes underneath cloth remains the same color. This is perfect. Not just any color prefer purple, purple, pink, any color perfect. So this is the before and this is the after. The before, after, that's perfect. Now we go to the next image over here, whereby just press on, then use the minimal spot. Zoom in. Okay, now what I want to target here is the rope. Okay? The rope of the sneakers. Or call it lace. It's something like lace the rope of the sneakers. Okay, I want to target it. Just unlock it. So when you unlock, just come over to hue saturation, Hue saturation and adjustment layer. Saturation, adjustment layer, sorry. So now we have this. Now I want to change year. Actually we changed this, okay, sorry. We change this basically to blue and to any color we prefer something like that. So I'm going to change the rope of shoe, we call it the list of sue any color. Actually I prefer, can see when I'm changing this, not only the rope is changing, every other thing here is changing. But the only thing I want to change, the only thing I want the color to change is what is the rope? Don't worry, we're going to change, we're going to do it. Don't hold on. Okay, let me say it before it was orange before. Okay, let me use something like pink. It looks orange. Okay, let me stop at Nazi around. Let me use gray, the reduce the saturation. Okay. I think I like something like that. It's okay. Like the whites are not showing. Let me look for something else. Orange in this color? No, let me give it a blue. If I tried just to increase the saturation too much, I like it like this before and after. Everything is changing, all the yellow, orange and this stuff, I want to stay. But it has changed all about this and this color change. When I'm changing this, what do we do? We select the mask again. You click on the mask over here. This is white. The opposite. Must be, must be black. Then what? Select the brush to. It's very in. That is what? The size is. Very small. You can come here, the size is 29 and just try to increase when you click on this place, anything can happen. Most times I'll try to click outside here because you can probably make a mistake of painting over something. Okay? Contra, just click outside here sometimes, okay? When I try to do this, try to do something like this, do something like this, you can see what is happening. Do something like this in what's happening, contra, contra. Okay? Now what I'm after is that I want this root to maintain its color. But every other thing in this, in this image shouldn't maintain their color. It should go back to the words, to the default color, which is, let me make this invisible. Which is the colors here. Okay, let me make this visible. What happens now? I will increase the brush. The words paints black. You can see paint black. If I make a mistake of painting like this P, what do I do? I ching white. And what paints back? Okay, very simple. Now I talk paints black, paint around this place. Also, you don't forget paint this upper part, it changes just contra paint, this upper part change. Just confraate, Don't go near it at all. Just try to avoid it, okay? And also around this places, I think there is a mistake here, whites, okay? Paint this, this back because it's fading already, changing color. Okay. Now luck very carefully. Let me zoom in and try to reduce this. No, us try to reduce this black. Then try, sorry, paint around as you paints in black and white. Don't forget paints in around. Oh, just toggle switch. Okay. You can see there was a mistake there whereby I did a mistake, you know, something like this. Then I toggle, put it to white. Okay, then what? Then paints it back. Okay. If prevent happens here also because this layer mask is white and we're painting black on it. Okay, we have to paint black on it. Okay. But if preventre were painted black and just did a mistake, what happens? You come back, tuggle changes to white. You don't change this one, you only change this one. And what happens? You try to paint it back, make it the way it's meant to be. Do you understand? Now we have this perfect. Okay, perfect. Now just shift out, then zoom out, use the space bar. Then click drag using the left mouse button. Now out, zoom out a bit. What do we do now? It's layer must be selected. Click on the words, click on the saturation adjustment. Clear then change. Why you change what apple is? Only the changes. Changes on the words, on the changes. And this is perfect, this is what we're trying to do. What we've been trying to achieve, and what we've achieved. What's wanted to achieve. This is fantastic. Now this is for this lecture. In the next lecture, we're going to be using also the layer mask for two different things entirely. I'll see in the next video. 16. How to change colours with Layer Mask - Part 2: In this tutorial video. In this lecture, we are here to portray the points on the layer mask. Okay, that's why we have this first image and what's in the second image. Now come over here to file open what? Scroll down. Normally as we all do, we usually do. You click on this press control, Click on this. Then what you open, mine is opened, already. Have to go. Now click click on this as unlock. Now we're going to treat the layer mask as. Again, just to buttress our point, you click on the satration adjustment layer. Or just press on. Then what you zoom in. Old, displaced, click old and drag. Okay, we have this. So now if I'm trying to change the color, every color here changes, everything changes, Everything changes to whatever color them to. Okay, so now we have this. Now normally, normally when I this visible, I'm actually trying to target this. Actually trying to target this. Okay, This is red. Well now it's, now it's purple. I think I should use this color. I think I prefer this color. So now, when I have this, the only color I wanted to change is what is this one over here? Only this one, which was red before, and I think I prefer the color it is now. Let me reduce the saturation. Okay. Something like this is okay for me. What do I do? I need to paint all these other ones away. That is the saturation. The saturation must not affect the two should affect this green which was before, this green apple, which was the red apple before. What do I do? I click on the layer mask. And click on what? Select the brush to what happens. The out, then try to increase. Okay. Sometimes your custom might look like this instead of being sampled. That is why that is. Because the cap locks, the caps lock is on, so try to switch it off the Gulf. So now out zoom in. So what do I do? This is white and white. When I try to paint, nothing happens, okay? So I try to toggle to black. When I try to paint, what happens? Something happens. But what I want to do is I don't want to start painting and painting all these ones. And painting and painting all these ones like this, okay? Like this, like this. Even can actually do like this. Okay. But I don't want to do that contrast. Want to do that just one time? I don't want to do that. I'm going to change towards, to control changes to the changes towards white. That is only this one would bring out its new color, which is green. Let, let me just dub on it. You can see what happens. You up. So now I'm trying to do what I'm trying to, Let me zoom in, reduce it, something like this. Zoom over here for this. Okay, let me just reduce this. I think I want to maintain the weight I'm painting on this. Something else I want to maintain that branch on it. Okay. To maintain the way is so I'm going to change this to what then what paints on it. So it has to maintain to reduce this. Maintain that is it's okay. When I did that, probably I just just a mistake or something like this, but just changes back to why what he paints on it. It goes away. Now it works. It goes away. So they are related together. They're related. It's relation. We just strikes to zoom in, never change to black. Okay? To make, to consider with this, those pieces are red. Okay. Let me just. Just Very small. No sorry. Changes white. Very small. Let me just as a mistake, I contra it's control plus plus now we have this is the before. This is the after only these changes. Now, let me try something else. Let me try a new adjustment layer. New adjustment layer, station adjustment. Actually, that yellow over there, make it like that color. I do. I have that already. This is white. This was white. Then mission is black. I do try to increase sorry. I try to increase the brush and paint on sorry, I don't paint on this. Yes. And paints on this. Paints on this. Paints on everything here. And make this invisible. And click old and drag words invisible. So I think, let me select this, I have to change this color to something that has something like this. Okay, so this invisible before the words have to click old and drag down before the words. After perfect, let me reduce the saturation. I'd like to reduce saturation, something like this. Okay, Now the before and what's the after? The before and what the things like that, things like that. I can actually come over here and change the to's not a bad thing. Come over here. Another saturation. And the saturation, I'm going to target it on what's on only this. We're not changing to that extent. But I think it's okay. This, we have white, we have black. I'm painting black over the white. That is, this one should be what's invisible. Should be what's invisible. Can I make a mistake of painting this? What do I do? I return back to white. Then I do I paint on its back again? Now this is the before's after. Let's just assume what's after. After, before the words. You can click it down before the words. A perfect. I use layer maps to select different colors for the three. It happens like that, and that is perfect enough. Coming over here to this vehicle, to this nice looking car. Okay, Click on this saturation. You can bring this down, but I think it's okay. I like it now. We want to change this, everything as we are changing. Just bring it down. Some of the saturation. Okay, let me put it somewhere when the blue eyelight shows, don't drop it. It's going to, it's going to take it from you, just put it somewhere the blue eye light is not showing. So just click and drag. Just change. As we're changing, you can see the skies are changing, the mountains, the mountains at the back are changing the skies. Changing the mountains at the back. Stops are changing at the back. And we don't want that to happen. No, bring it out is what I was talking about. So okay, it's changing the difference is what? It's a red car, we're not changing it to another car. Just like difference probably talking about automobile companies. Okay? Automobile companies selling same car in different colors. Okay, This is green. The last one was red. Now what do we do? There is a way we can go about it. Use what? The layer mask. Now we have the layer mask. Here, we click on it. Okay, then we have white and white. We use that. White and black. This is white. This should be black. Except this is black. And this must be white. This is white. They, this as white. They use the black paint. What do we do when I try to paint on this? When I try to paint on this, it takes the color away. I'm not to paint on this. I'm meant to paint on the background at the back. What do I do? We toggle back. What? I bring it back to life. I bring the colors here, back to life. Okay, that's good to go. Now what do I do? I try to change this white, white. But going by the normal rule is that what I use, white and black. What do I do now taking this away? Click hold, and white and dry. Let's reduce the glasses too. Should be to try to take it for, from the glasses from the screen or what should I call it to? From your get there. From, you get from me. So esto es tu me. You see? Okay? Okay, so just changes to white and red. Lend it back. Good, good. So now contro zero. So now click on this before the words, then after, before, then after. Only the car changes on the words on the car changes. Don't say that now. Now when you come over here, you can put this here, okay. Select the use and saturation. Saturation adjustment. Then you can do what? You can change the color of the car, whatever you prefer. It doesn't affect the sky. The sky is gone. Been able to take all the sale saturation away from the sky. Okay, let me see. I think. Okay. Okay. So click hold, drag it over here. Click Old Drug and that's perfect. Probably want to use it for an automobile company. Want to show a particular car with different colors when you help them with something like this. It's very, very simple. The layer mask has actually made part in visible and make only the car visible. So whatever changes you make to the car is visible. That is it for this tutorial. And actually we have the next tutorial, the next video, which is a form project. You're going to love it, okay? The next lecture is a form project, you're going to love it. I'll see the next video. And don't forget we have assignments. There is an assignment for you. There's a practice file for you under this section which is five H. You can come over here, go to open, okay. Normally the project for just come to exercises here, okay? For your exercises. This one is five J assignment 55l, okay? Changing colors, just apply the layer mask. Just apply, you apply the layer mask, Apply the pain, you apply the lation. Selecting after you use the qulation, something like this pens in this apple. For this apple, you can use the layer mask. Using the layer mask, you need to do the assignment and make sure everything is perfect. And that is it. I'll see in the next form projects lecture. 17. Fun Project (Citrus): In this lecture. This is a fun project whereby we're going to be using all the skulls with lens under the quick selection to okay using the quick selection to selecting some areas and painting them, giving them different colors and also using the hue saturation adjustment layer. Come to file, come to open, go down, and this is what we're going to use. They can open. Now we have out and just okay, try to unlock this first, which is actually the first thing we should already be doing. Now we're going to change the color of some citrus fruits here, okay? And blend. Going to change them and make them look good. Okay, now using the Saitration first we're going to select it first. Come over here. I want to use a quick selection to. Then you can see it's very tiny, that it's small. You can come here to change it as usual or use you press the Ok. Then you press down the right and bolting, then drag to the left. What's the right? To the left. To the right. Okay, fine. So it's too big. So let me reduce. Click drug. Okay, let me control that. You can actually decide to zoom in. Let's decide to zoom in. Just come, you click click, drag to your test, actually. Okay, we have a problem here. Just sprays on. Just redupresst can see present drug. Let's add to the side. Let's add it also make it smaller then a good that should be okay. It's the edges are off. So we can just leave Oh, sorry, Mother minus the edges are off. So we can just leave them the way they are. F is not composite smooth because the edges of oranges are not smooth, is space behind and drag with it. Okay? So we should leave this lies because this is like an exception. We should just leave this Led. It's okay. Let me just minus here also. Okay, let me come over here. Let me plus, let me add to this place. It should be okay. Click. Once you can click, I want to be cut. It's okay. It's fine. It's fine like that. So just come over, come over then it should be subtracted. I'm adding sorry, contra you press on the odd sky, then you subtract. Subtract again. Click one more time. It's not, it's programmed. It tries to understand whatever is happening, just try again. Try again to make sure it gets to where he wanted to get to. Okay, so that's good now. Okay, come over also, just increase this. Just click on plus, just click on it. Over, click on this, click on this, click on this out, then just try to cleanse this place. Just clean this last one on. That should be okay. Okay, fine. That should be okay. Then contra. Okay, then what do you do? You come over to Heal. Saturation. Click then bring it somewhere here. The zooming, so you click old and what's old, and drag to wherever you prefer. Click old and drug. I want to make it like green color. Oranges can also be green. I think this is okay. Let me reduce its saturation. I so much love reducing saturation. I think it's okay. Like this. It's like there was a mistake somewhere. I was, I didn't see this true. So just contrast like trice, I didn't see this coming. Not at all. So what I would minus this. Oh, sorry. I was pressing on your out or your option key. A. Good. That's good. Minus, minus, plus, plus over. Good. Now let's go back Otra zero, which to fix to spring here. Saturation. Then click old, old and drag. I love the green one. Let me leave it then reduces saturation. Reduce its saturation, fine. I love it like this. We have something cool like this. Very cool. Perfect. Now, what is the next one? The next one is changing this one also outs and click old drug. You click old, old drug, can decide to zoom in. Okay, It's fine. No problem. Okay, so try to reduce this. Okay. Outs, try to clear that. Please. Try to clear, try to clear. You can zoom in. That should be okay. Just one more time. That should be okay. Plus, yeah. Okay. Oh, that's a mistake. Countries, the space bar, I want to press space bar, pressed what is called. I pressed the old key, so it's normal. Just countries, sometimes you just have to make this brush smaller to apply better things. Go look around. I don't want to make a mistake like the other one I made deli last time. So minus, minus, minus that is you present on Ops? On pockets then. Plus I think we have it, so that's good. Contr zero. Okay, We have this, it's good country zero. Now what do we do? Again, we create its own ill, saturation, separate from the first one. You can see the white space here talks about what makes us to understand that it's visible. The black spaces are, the black area are not visible. That is, everything we do is going to affect only the white area here, also in the station to. It means what? The white space is only going to be affected. The black space. The black area is not going to be affected. Very simple. Click old dino, I make this one. Let me make a purple. Good. I think I got a year reduce its saturation. Something like this. I didn't like it like this. Nice, cool. We can actually show click then. That was before the, before the nice one. Then the next one is the next one. Let me do one here. Actually, one here. Okay. You click this one. Very fast. Click drug very fast. Very fast. You don't have any problem. We move to the saturation adjustment layer. You can try bringing this one over here. Okay? What do you do? We have, you can see this white space. This white area is only going to be affected. The black areas won't be, white, won't be affected. What color should I use there? Let me use blue. Okay, let me use blue. You can find blue or you can find the red of the two reduce saturation. Because when you reduce the saturation, it makes it look more real. But when the saturation is too much, it looks real. Looks like animated or something like that. I think that's okay. That's fine. That's perfect. Bring this one up. So we have before downwards, then after perfect. So now I think we should do like one or two more. Okay. That should be one on. Let me do one around this edge. Sorry. Let me do one around this edge. Okay, I think this will be okay for us. So let me click and track somewhere here. Okay, come over here, Let's bring this one over here. So what do we do? We only need somewhere here. And let's reduce it. Minus, minus, minus, T minus, minus, somewhere like this. T plus out then. Good, perfect, then plus, plus, somewhere, plus, plus, plus, that's perfect enough. Okay? The space bar. Okay? Or plus, plus, plus, plus. Now, I think we should do more of this actually. This, should I think? What color should we make this, let's make this green also. But a type of different green or something like that? Yeah, only part is affected. This part is not affected. Let's make it green. Make it talk. Let's leave it like that. Then reduce its saturation. Reduces saturation. We need more. What will be the last one, which is grain? Also. Use grain for that also. Okay, so I think we should use this now. Let's use this then. Increase the Sat, Increase the brush. Let's come over here. Okay, let me show this one first. Reduce the plus, plus, plus a little bit. A good minus, minus N. I'm not going to minus, I'm going to plus because it's still down here. Good, good, perfect, Perfect control zero. Okay, What is it? Okay. Okay. So now, contrato, sorry, control zero. Control. That was a mistake I did. So now come over, you click, move to heal and saturation adjustment layer. And we have that also. Now what do we do? Let's, let's make it probably, let's make it green this time around. Let's make it red. I think they should do it then. Reduce its saturation. It's like there's something there. Let's pop onto the royalistict's that blue and red. It's not really showing but I think it's okay. Let's stop it. Let's just put something here. Is something increase a little bit. It's like this. It's perfect enough. That's perfect enough. Okay, that's good enough. Let's put it some way here. No, let's put some way here. Okay. Now you can click old and drag down, this is before, Then click old and drag up, this is the words, this is the after. Then a button, this is the before. Then this is the words, this is the after. Very perfect, even. You can do this. You click, click, click, click, click, click, click, click, click, click, click, click, click here, click here, and click here. Very perfect. You click and drag down everything. That's the before. This is the after. Perfect. Perfect. Now it looks good and it looks different. Just like changing the color of average citrus over it. But you do not affect what? You don't affect the real image. Real image is not destroyed. That's what we call non destructive design. Non destructive editing in Photoshop. That is it for this video, for this lecture. Don't forget have assignments for you. Have assignment open. Go to exercise file that is 5g5k and five. You can use selection to any selections you prepare pen to then use hue saturation and you try to change the colors. Try to change everything. Environment to change. In this section, everything we've been taught, let's try to change everything you need to change. You got to go. It's up to you now and you're free to ask any questions you want to ask. I'll see you in the next section where we'll be talking about the blend modes. See you there. 18. Basis of Blend Modes: In this lecture, I'm going to teach you the blend mode, how to use the blend mode perfectly from the basis to the advance. The advance will be in the next lecture, then the subsequent lectures coming after this lecture, we're going to learn more and more advanced way to use the blend mode. Firstly, come over here to fight open. Then normally as we all go, go down to where the blend mode is, just click on this press control, then click and is then Open Mind is opened already. Just cancel it. Good, we have this and we have the good. The basis of Photoshop of blending mode is in this way to blend something. When you say blending mode, blending mode is an aspect whereby two layers interact together. Two images interact with one another, sometimes not to more than two. You can have 234567, countless of them interacting together. They have been blended together to achieve particular result. Any image is dark or light. Anyhow, anyway, you prefer to blend them. Blending like blending mode or blending in Photoshop is when you make two images, two or more images to interact, to relate together. There are ways in which we do it, just come over here to blend mode. Then you see different things here. But we only have one layer, so only have one layer. Afterwards, we have to import a new layer. There are several ways you can import a new layer, But I want to teach you a trick over here. Just come down here, now you are here. Click on this. These are the two things I want to use first. Okay, we open this, we open this, but he come over here, click on this, press control, then click on this. Just den, firstly click on this. When you click on this, what do you do? You click and drag into into port. She then bring, do not drop it. You can see if I drop it, it drops on the canvas and becomes part of the canvas it shows here. Okay, I drop it, becomes, it becomes a new documents entirely. Just like we come over to file to open and something like that. But if you drop it here, see what happens. Just drop it here, because it becomes a new documents. We have documents one, document two, and what document three. But I don't want that. Just close it. Go back, Click here, click and drag down here. Then bring over here. You can bring it to the second, to enter into the second one. To enter into the first. Then what? You drop it in between here. Then it shows here that you do whatever you want to do with it. But if you have something like this, you have to you can see the three selections here. Either you wrap it, okay. Work, sorry, you cancel or you check it. That is, you allow it to enter, cancel it. I don't need it here for now. You can also come to file open, scroll down. Okay. When you scroll down, where is it? I have this, then open. One another way I can do this is that at all, we have a document and I need a document inside the document where we have the bicycle. Just come over here, you click this. But when you click and drag, it happens to tell you come back to normal, just cancel first. The first unlock this, you click old, drag this and come over here into this layer, It comes into the automatic why you selected Then then you drop, you have this what? In that layer you click, come over here and words, you delete it here. And it doesn't delete in the first documents, which you now put it now when we have this. So there are two ways you can do it now. It would be added here, so you can click old drag. Just delete. I don't want to, I don't want something like that where I'm going to come to file and you can do it like that. But I just prefer somewhere like this whereby I have already opened, it's in the File Explorer and I click over here, then drop it. I so much like something like this, don't click anything, just come over here. Don't click, Just over around here. Show you don't click on this. Don't click on just this one. Click and drag. You press out, you make sure your hand is on out or option and you increase. But probably yours is not working. Try to use the shaft key. Try to use the shaft key. If the out or option key is not working, it's not giving you directly what I'm doing because it's actually has to expand proportionally. You can say proportionally, you drop it down. That's okay. Then you check it. What we have to understand very well here now is that the layer, let me make it invisible. We have layer layer zero. We have the blend mode layer. That is layer layer zero. This is layer zero. We have layer one. Let's just take it like that. We can see the bicycle, but we want to blend the bicycle and the smoke together. What do we do? How do we go about it? Don't click the layer. It's the blend mode. You click because it is the one on top. You can try to click the layer, but the one on top is where we click, so that we can be able to blend wherever we want to blend. Okay, now when you click the blend mode, which is the smoke, let me try to rename it when you want to remain. Okay, When you want to rename, you select Is first, Then you double click on that name. Double click then what you write, Smoke. Let me capital lot Smoke. Then you can see that is smoke that I would confuse myself. You click on the smoke. What you do, you come over, this is where the layer, this is where the blend mode is. You click, you see when you go up and down, you see the way it's interacting. You see the way it is interacting. Good. Let me teach you a trick. Just I'm not clicking anything, I'm just moving my mouth over around on top of it. Just the mouse puts the mouse on normal click, then you've release your hand, then try to move the mouse to the left or to the right or up. What happens then? Use the arrow keys on the words on your keyboard, The arrow keys, the up arrow, and the down down arrow. And this is the up arrow. Down arrow shows you as you go down different things there is no need for you to use to use your mouse. You can use your mouse if you prefer, Just bring your mouse going down. Keep on going up. I think actually just moving the mouse away, then using this would actually help. Now, how does this work? You can see there is a line, There is a line, there is a line, there is a line. Photoshop has made it easy for us, demonscating that this line for the normal and dissolved. It's just like normal way the image is. But want to make them interact, want to make them relate to each other. When you come here, everything between a dark and multiply color bone, linear bone and darker color talks about their function is that they will remove the whites in that image and interact the darkness with the image underneath the light name, screen color, Dodge, Linear, Dodge, Lighter color. They remove the darkness and use the lights to interact with the next image or the underneath image. You can see the lightness is, they remove the darkness and use the lightness to interact. You see, but when you come here, you see the lightness is not the lightness is the smoke, the darkness is the other parts of the smoke. You can see dark is the opposite of light. Name multiplies, the opposite of screen colorbond, off of color, dodge, Linear burn is the opposite of linear dodge. Darker color is lighter, and lighter color when you come over here, it is a contrast of both the lights and the darkness. These are special effects. This is like a contrast. When we move to the next lecture, you find it more appealing. You would love it even more most times. It depends on the type of background you're using, how colorful the background is, and how able corrective were. You can blend, it can B34. Don't worry going to blend 23 backgrounds together in the next lectures to come. The most important ones we have to know is that ops in dark, dark images together or layers together. The lighteners together. It keeps the lights and takes darkness. It keeps the darkness and takes away the lightness. Here, it's a contrast. It's just like special effects. Anyway, Photoshop wants it to be, it relates, it interacts with the beneath the layers which we've chosen together to interact. Also, this one also just like special advanced effect. Also just something like this. Something like this. Now coming down over we have E. As you all know is color. It's related to, it tries to measure the colors from one layer to the other layer or to the other layers. Okay? Saturation actually increases, Makes the color more strong. Sprint in the color, makes it more light or something like that. When you come to color, color I would say is the opposite. It's not the opposite of hue, It's more bright colors. He is just very silent. Natural color actually in this color, saturation has been added to it and luminosity has been added to it. It works lighter, brighter than he itself. And we have luminosity here also. Okay? Luminosity just makes something light. Okay. Saturation makes something very much pure and strengthened. Color is a combination of saturation and luminosity. And even he it, okay. Now we can see over here that when we came to dark, when we over at the darken, multiply color, linear and darker color, you see the white is being removed and only the darkness remains on. The darkness relates with the bicycle. You can see if it's at normal, you won't see the bicycle. And then, but now this is what's interacting. You cannot see the bicycle when we come to lightning, only the white shows the black what disappears. So you can see, you can see, you can see the special effects. Both the black and white relate together. That is for the first one, that is the basis. Then come over here to blend mode, also to blend mode 77. Just come over here to the to where it is. You can choose this one. Click Ode, what? And drag down. Just drop. Then click around here. You can see you can just do anything at any time here. Okay, because this is selected. Oh, sorry, contrast. Click old and click old and drag. Just come over here. You can see how the Cole has changed to a slant. Click out then increase. If your out is not working ship option key. Then if the out or option key is not working, it waits to work. Then use use ship. Then stop it like this and check this. It's like glaring light or something like that. Now you can't see anything. Just apply everything upset. Just apply the Apslorl like this color. You can try to just come over it. Just reduce the opacity. You can see you can reduce the city is how transparent it is. There's a difference between opacity and when I pick on, you see it's almost working like the same thing. Okay. But what we understand about feel and opacity is that opacity works on the entire layer, even if you have a layer of style. A layer of style is like using shadow bevel and the s. Okay? We don't, we don't need layer style when we talk about color. Okay. Mostly affects feel does not affect the layer style. It affects only the layer, does affect the layer style. It affects only the layer opacity affects both the layer and what are the layer style I'm not going to use, I'm going to use capacity transparency. When we have this, we want to interact the first layer with the second layer which you double click and try to try to rename it Light. Good. Okay, we have the light interacting with the flower. Ss flower. Just click on this. Then you see different things happen. Just come to normal. Take away the mouse, then use the down R key. It's normal yet up and down normal, immediately move to darken, something happens. What happens? Only the darker area shows. Actually we can see the lights fine, but Photoshop understands better than we do because it is the one doing the job. I think darkness not giving us what we want perfectly, you come to multiply. You can see the light is going away gently. Why the black? The darkness still waits our ways. You can see, you can see. You can see. When we come to lightning, this shows the perfect thing we want. I'm right, the darkness is, or gone. Why the lightness? What remains? Just press Enter. You can reduce its opacity right here. Try to reduce it. Actually has given us a little touch of likeness can make this admissible. The before the, after you can see just a little touch the basis, don't worry, you're going to find mama appealing. Mama, interesting that you would be enthusiastic towards it. Okay, ten. Then down to screen, you can see you can actually press entire and try to reduce this one. Also, you see you see just a little touch before and what the after. Just a little touch, just a little touch. Try cues you see, then try to zoom in. Okay, so just a touch and let's just, let's continue. Okay. Screen screen color very much. Okay. Overlay. Overlay is okay. Very, very, it looks good and beautiful. Overlay, soft light. Okay. This one. Okay. Difference saturation, color and luminosity. So this is for the basis. Okay. I think I actually like one is more. Okay. Overlays. Okay. Then let me just resu opacity then. Fine, it's okay. This is the basis. This is for the basis of blend mode. Then now we jump into the advanced level of blend mode. Real tutorial, real lectures under, under the blend mode section. Now I'll see you there. 19. Advanced Blend Modes: This lecture, starting the advanced way of lending things and editing your images. Just come over here like you design for prints, you design for industries or something like that. You click on this then what's the open. Just look at this, very nice. Good. As usual, just come over to your project file. You can see after the phone project six k, what else do you see? You come over click This click dw drag. Okay. What do you do? That's fine. So click, press on the enlarge. Then check. So I'm going to re I'm going to interact interrupt them together. So, sorry, I've not selected it. I only selected this. I have to select this good. The see fine. Nice one. Good. Okay. This one is one good nice one, okay? Color, miners the one I want actually have seen is, which is which is the color bone click press control zero plus and plus. You can see outshining even the tires, press space. Okay. You don't just press on your space by you press and click so you can see very perfect, very very perfect. That's like here, you see the before and what and after the before and the after. So you can see very perfect. I'm coming st at more settings to it before the after perfect. So control zero. So now that we have this, there is just something I want to write on it. And I know I've taught you how to install fonts on for you to be able to use them on your photo shop in your photo shop, which don't forget. We have the font files we go to open. I think you will be able to remember in the blend we have the font files. So all these font files are taught you how to install them on your system. So we're going to use it here. So Come over here. This is what we call the text two. So you select this. After you've selected this, then then you click here. You click here. You can actually come over here and try to increase this 72. You can tap anything in. So just to see what is happening. Now, are you going to pre what is it? Luxury. Is this to spell luxury with I'm coming me start again. Okay. Luxury. Good. Luxury. Good. Now what do you do you check this. When you're through whatever you're doing, you just up to, you check this. What happens? Now, this happens. You just come over to windows. Because probably you're using the same workplace as my. Just come over to windows, then you come over to what character. You click. It is a character that that codes everything you want to use with with the text two. Now when I come to move, come over click drag select it fine. Now what do I do? I try to increase or decrease. Okay. Now, first, let me change the points. Now come over this way you have to check the points is mired pro, but what I want to use is what is. Just now, this is highlighted. F R A. Okay. I'll take one that is very bold, very bold one. What I do, I click this. I don't want black actually. I want to change the color. So the color shows where the color is. You click here, then you click and drag to white. Click and drag to white and click on. You can see, very perfect. Now this to be increased, I to be, very big. I can come over here. This is 70 and just puts. One 50. Then press. You can see. A better steel, click select select it then press control. Control T means what transform. Now it shows the edges shows, so you can come over click Old and what and drag click drag anyhow you feel like dragging. But I think this thing is too big. Click and drag like Very big, bring it in. You can see the line showing the grid line show it tell you it's in the middle already. Okay. So this is perfect. So now, choose this character and bring it somewhere here. I think it should be here. Okay. Just collapse this back. I don't I need to just bring it here and just put it somewhere good. You select this or you select this. So, Okay. So that's okay. So I think this is too big. I want a very light not too bold one. So it's not going to work wide because I've not checked this. So I have to check it first, then come over to medium. Medium, medium medium medium medium is okay fine it's paps still in the meddle. Then the lpace between the walls is what is too much. So where do you go to, you come over to this place. You can actually cruse it. Okay. Increasing like that, I want to decrease it 50, 7,500, or you can come over here. You see the mouse, you see the course how it is. But when you move over you see how it is now, when you move over what happens, it looks like an and it shows a arrow moving to the left and move it to the right. So you click old and what's old and drag to the right. You see it space to the left. You see how it's reducing a little not too much. Just not too much. Just two to the right. Or better still, I just use -100 perfect. So just put it here. I increase it more, it's not big enough, so contract then then press on my, then try to increase it in proportion to perpendicular or proportion. Good. Now we have that as what luxury nice. Apart from lux still something going right beneath it, is which is enjoy live. So come over here. Enjoy food. Nice. Click here. Then what do you do? I've checked it. It's shows showing the course of it want. Okay. So come over here come to the click click d and what you can see there is a line here showing us it's now it's now together in line. So what do you do you can drop it now. So that's perfect, perfect. Now we can do it like this. Then press on the zoom out a little bit. Now, I think I'm done with the character windows. I can close it. It goes back to its normal place, so I can just press this. And so I want to group these two together, so I can be able to bring them down a little bit. So I'll press. I'll select this press sheets, then select this also. So what happens, I can be able to click this and bring them down together. I think it's okay it's perfect. Now I want to add a nice effect to this to make it look perfect and different in some different ways. Just come over here, move towards this is the adjustment layer. The move towards color lookup. This color lookup is very perfect. You would love it. I used it in the warm images then. I want to make this is cool. This is cool. A little bit of warmness here. I'm going to make it very different come over to what late sun sets. Just click. You can see. Perfect. Very beautiful, very, very perfect. So I don't need anymore just close it. Even on the effects also affects the luxury and what and enjoy life. You you drag it, click and drag and put it here. So to affect the what the enjoy life and luxury too. But it's not really showing the effect to that extent but okay. Okay. Fine, that's. Just click over. Now, what happens? What we are trying to do now is that this is the first different effect we're using. You can just come over here and and reduce it. Reduce it to your test, but I don't want to reduce it. I like the way it is represent. Now, come over here again, the layer we're targeting now is what is this downward the c layer itself. Click on this. When you click on this come to the filter, if you come in, click on it. Then where you go to you come over where, you come over to noise, and what you add noise. You can see what is happening. You can see what shows. Let me click d and move. You can see how perfect it is, how classic the image looks like, very perfect. So you can try to increase the amounts, you can click and drag like this. So the noise is too much, very much. You're not even see anything. So come over here. You reduce. If you like it like this, fine, there's no problem. You reduce. I think it's okay like this. You just still reduce like this. I think it's smooth and nice as it is like this. Let's just press on and zoom in. You can see, very perfect. Perfect. Let me bring this down his click on this, the press **** then click on this words drag down hips. I think it's nice and okay. Okay. Nice. Nice. You can see when this, you can see this. The color lookup is going, you can see this. But the color even make it more better and nice, very perfect. I just love the way it looks like. You can see how it is very, very perfect, looks nice and goods, very nice. So If you're working with a fashion company atmo bi company, you can actually you can actually try things like this out. Try to give it interact like something like you interact this with the with the car itself, something like you interact this with the t, then okay, put some text, put something like this. Then put at the peak of the adjustment, very perfect adjustment, then do what then click this, makes sense. Then you come over to the fielter use the noise, then add what you add the noise, which has been added person, and it's perfect. It's very, very perfect. And if in case, I want to okay, if we want to reduce it or if you want to reduce or increase the grain, if the grain is the noise. You know, we got the filter from the noise from the noise. You want to increase or decrease it. You can actually you can come over to increase, you can increase or you can actually decrease it to the end. Just like, I don't need it anymore or something. We don't need that actually it's perfect and okay just cancel it. Once we put that the amount to put there is fine and perfect. So We love this very, very pap, so so much so so ppt. So So that's it for this tutorial. In the nest tutorial, we're going to work in on like a watch industry, a watch a very like a very luxury, a very popular watch industry but we're going to put something like this. Just want to make it similar, just want to, you know, change some form, write some new things or something like that. So I'll see you in the nest tutorial So I'll see you in the nest. Tutorial. Perfect. Okay. 20. Fun project 1: In this lecture, I'm going to be teaching you the blend mode. This is the advanced blend mode. More advanced. The other one was the basic. Just come over here, come to five, come to open. When you press, when you click on open, just come over here, come to number six. If you notice in the last lecture, the blend mode was number seven. While this one, the blend was number seven. Number seven, now 77770 were number six. That was a mistake. Now I've changed it. Now we have the blends as number six. Number number seven. You should be probably, you remember you're able to note now you just come over to blend. Apart from that, we need this 166.6 but I'm not going to choose them yet. I'm going to choose them now. Come to my project file. Okay, this is my project file. Then what do you do? Come over, this is my project file. You do just come over again. Come to six, press and control six. And words six, what happened? You click hold and drag them into, into the shop. What do you do? You place them. If you place them here, what happens? You open a new document which is not supposed to be. Just try and place it here. You see what happens. I want them to be on my bicycle, but they are now separate from which is not supposed to be. So just close, close, close. Come back over here. Pros click on this one control and three, click old and drug. Drop it here. Good. Then now you can bring your cursor over here. Don't click over, you see now click Old. Pressing the Okey. You're pressing the Okey fine key. Probably your out or option key may not give you what you want. Try the sheet key on your system or try to control because sometimes problem. But the correct one is to use option key, then drop it, then check this. The second image pops up. I import, I imported three images. One it is one by 11, will be adjusted before the other. Click Odd, press out, then press that. Now I think this one fits to the screen. Just click and check this one also. Now it is checked, everything is open. But I wanted to understand that I want the images to be start, should be in descending. Should be in ascending order. That is F, want to be G. What do you just click on this layer? Select first click and drag. You see the blue line and that's where it drops. G. Okay, but this EG, select the select, then click old and drag it words beneath. Even if you want it beneath this layer zero, you can drop it. That's not a problem, mind you. It is only the upper layer that shows it covers everywhere. Except we're working on using the layer mask to make some place appear and some places disappear. Or except we're using the blend mole to interact, to relate layers together. Click this cold and drag it way. That's it, should be a cold and drag. When I see the blue eye light, then I drop. That's good. I interact the three images with the layer beneath them. Make this invisible. Make this invisible. We're going to work on this one. First you click on this cellgus. If I make all this one visible, it will affect whatever I'm doing. O have to make it invisible. And this one is invisible, which is the first one to try with the layer. Okay, now when I click on this, what do you do? You come to what? You come over here, you look one that suits, that is the best for the image. As a creative photographer, As a creative artist, as a creative graphic designer, As a creative, in, as a creative uses color, loves loves to make images unique and classic, and creative. Down then come down. Okay. Okay, darking, multiply, okay? Don't forget Photoshop understands better than we do. It's darkings's for the darking section, okay? It takes a really white and works less dark areas. Okay, Just look at the one that subs that looks perfect. And it takes the lighting section, takes a darker areas and interact the lighter areas with the photo on the ne. I think this looks good. Let's look for more. We'll actually see some other ones, some other effects which actually look great as this is nice. Okay. Something like this is okay. I like the vivid light perfect. Let me see, color perfect. Okay, I like this also like this also because it's somehow greenish or something like that. It's perfect. It looks nice. The saturation and what color also looks nice. Color looks great. Looks good. I think the divide the color and also the vivid light and the color color, it's too saturated. Okay, I think the vivid light looks great, looks nice. Then then come over to subtract, divide, It has the vivid light. Then what? Then divide. Okay. Then from the divide. Then we have, we have color. These are the most perfect sometimes. Let me just say most times it depends on your image, the image you want to interact together, the type of background you've been able to download, the type of image, you've been able to download, how colorful it is, how creative it is, like the paintings, how they are, which would help in relating with the other images. You have your underneath image. Your underneath image. I think color is Okay. Divide is also. Okay. Perfect. But I think I want it to color is okay. Let me see the vivid. I think I love the vivid. Vivid is okay for me, that's perfect. We can try to reduce this opacity, okay? Just try to reduce it to opacity. Don't forget feel and opacity works in and in together. But the difference between feel and opacity is that the difference between feel opacity is that opacity changes everything in the layer. It changes the whole layer and also changes the layer style. Everything in the layer it changes, it changes everything in the layer. Also, except the layer. Layer style shadows, shadows, you apply to something layer styles like Bevel and the likes. Okay, this perfect actually, let's move to the next from when I click on this. What happens? It covers everything. Covers everything. Which I'm going to treat this. Now. I'm going to make this invisible, make this visible. I'm going to interact. I'm going to relate this with this. This one is gone. For now. I click on this look for a good, very good interaction. Okay, this over looks quite, looks cool, okay. Is not doing, he's already doing well, but nice. It's okay. It's fine. Difference. Wow, I kind of like the subtract, subtract, sub subtract, divide. Okay. Saturation. Wow. Kind of like this. I think this is more preferable for me. Color, elimination color. I kind of like holo subtract. Okay. Subtract. And what color color and what? Subtract. Okay. I think there was some other one there. Some other ones. Yeah. Soft light over. Yeah, it's over. Not like over subtract and what color? Okay. They look nice. This is color subtracts and overly perfect, but I think I'm going to leave it at color. Okay. So this is it. When I click on this, you see an improvement. Okay. That is when, when I make this invisible, only six shows. So when I click on six. Happens. It includes the six effects on the six. And the layer is a bicycle. When I click the, some things disappear from what we're seeing right now. When I make it visible, you can see it had more effects. When I make this invisible, I make it visible back. There are two images on top interacting with, with the bicycle beneath. It's nice, It's really good. We have, we have this perfect. Now, this is the last one. Let's make this invisible. Now, when we click on this, it's very simple and very perfect just for you to be able to get a very good background and be able to know the best blend mode you should use now. Okay? Okay. Okay. How nice. Wow, I love this color. Good, Nice. Okay. Color over Mr. Color Dodge Again, just two superpowers. Okay. Nice. Okay, nice. Okay, nice. Hm. Okay. Saturation, color. I think I think the color dodge is the best perfect. I just love it so much. I so much love the color Dig, so much love the color Ge, so much of the color dodge. It's perfect. It's perfect. It gives me what I want. Okay. It just gives me what I want. So now we have what? The color Dodge. Perfect. Good. I can try to reduce the pacity, okay? Try to reduce the capacity fine. And I can actually make this visible, see what happens. Make this visible, see what happens. So I can just come over here, reduce the song. Reduce the ashes. Okay. Then come over here also then reduce the ashnes of the song. Okay, so like when we, we've combined these three, I think this one has that blue shine stuff. It's so much hard. I think this 12 should be reduced, reduced. This one should be reduced in its leaving case. Okay. I think it leads to. Okay. I think 15 is okay. Invisible visible before. After. Okay. I think, I think it's okay is fine. Then this mit zero, Okay. Okay, good, good. So this is perfect. Perfect. So this is the endpoint of everything. Just click old and what's old, and this is the before. Then what? Where is your hand? This is what's the after? This is the before. The before. Then what's the after? Perfect. And actually you can do it like this is just click, click, click, perfect. So you want to click here, just mean this 100% back. Click here, 100% back. Okay. This 100% just just click here as one. You click here, no. Okay. I'm going to make this 100% perfect. You click here, one click here, two, perfect. Okay. You click this three. Okay. Now we're going to. In everything is one perfect. Two perfect. Three, perfect. Okay, perfect. Just this. Just have to reduce this one drastically drastically, then reduce this one also. That's perfect. Very part, you can see how it's interacting, related together, four images interacting together in just one piece. That's, I want us to use what I used in the last video to make this editing. Then I jump to the next video. Just come over here, click press control, click, click, and drag over here. For this one, you look at the turn around icon over here. Just click. And what's old on sheets? Then drop, then come back, then click old and words press out. Then try to do like this. Okay. Then what's? Then check. Then what's this? Also sheets. Press sheets, then click. Click, then press out. Then check. Then the last one, just shift, click. Just zoom out the exhibit out. And use the middle mouse button to scroll. Click on this, you click on this. So click on press check. Now we're very fast with this. Just control zero. Now we have control zero just on this invisibility invisible. Oh sorry. I want to take this up invisible. Let's make only this invisible. And come to us, then come over here. Just choose the one that you prefer. Okay, I just want to see how this also interacts. Okay, So something like this is okay. It's nice. That is also nice. It looks good sometimes this looks good. Looks nice. Press, I think something like that is okay. The color bond then just reduce just like before. And the after looks perfect. Before then after, perfect and nice. Just make this invisible and make this visible. Then select it. So come over here, what do you do? You can see very beautiful. I think one from the site, from this. Okay, perfect. I think I like this. I try to reduce it. If I feel like when I click on this, I'll see what's happened. Let me click on this. Nice. Let me come over red. This also reduce its opacity. Then click, drag down easy. Before, then click. Click and drag. Easy. Perfect. Let me reduce this to A. Okay. Then this also okay. Click and before, and what? And now after. Perfect. Now let me click on this, make invisible, select this. When I select this, come to normal down, this looks somehow, it's not like the bicycle in the bicycle actually likes this particular background. I think I have one that I can choose that looks so now that doesn't just now choose your past. Yeah. Yeah, I think that's okay. So let me see what happens. Okay, nice one, Nice one. Let me try. Should this ability piece pit me try to reduce this piece? No, it's okay. Okay, like this, This, yeah, increase, Increase. Okay, fine. I think I should reduce this lips. Now we have before, then after, before, then after, before the words. Now, this is, this is the after. This is the before. What's a perfect before then after it's perfect, we can just say just click on down. Like a gradual process. Just click on this, click on this, click on this nice click on this, look at it. Click on this additional editing, the click on this very perfect. That's what I teach in this tutorial. In the next tutorial, as I promise we advance more advanced setting. I'll see you in the next. 21. Fun project 2: In this lecture we're going to be designing, we're going to be editing a photo. Like a photo given to us just like an example. A photo given to us by a watch company and was right watch it as a graphic designer or something like that or an advertisement designer. And we're trying to work on it and make it perfect and make it attractive to people. So how do we go about it? Now we come over here to what the projects. After the watch, you click on this control, click on this, then click and drag over the pleased. This, okay. The next one also is okay. Then check perfect. Now you can make this invisible. Just try to just try to interact together. You want to perfect. Nice one or two spot lights. Nice. Looks good. Looks good, but I think it's dull. Okay, nice one. I think I like this. Okay. I think I like this. Let's leave it at divide or come to, let's see, color. Color is perfect. Color actually breaks out the color of, of that particular background. We're using a particular image. But I think divide makes it look more classic. Makes it look more different. Okay. Don't divide color. Okay, Divide, fine. Now you can see the before and words after perfect, it will look attractive. This is just something. Okay, fine. You can see, we can say this, It looks attractive. Okay, fine, perfect. And now just come to the text to just click on this. Then right on, that's fancy, fancy watch. Okay. Then you check fancy watch The check, there was a space between this are there was a space. You check control, then try to increase this, okay? Then bring it like this. Okay? Then you check Fancy watch. I want it to be downward, so just that's okay. That's nice. You check now the character is normal here. I need the character, the character Windows put on character I think is here. Just bring somewhere here. Who perfect. I'm put this time around. That's why it's part of the font I gave you, which is perfect Swiss. As I'm opening over it, it's showing me how it's how it looks like. I want something bold, something bold. Okay. Pods, I think is this okay? No, not Okay. Bold, Italy. Okay. Something, Italy come bold. Italic, come bold. Not this song. I think the song is perfect of this song, I think, I think this is. Okay. So that's perfect. Let's click on the move to the words Control Seen, then try to try to make it big. Okay, so I come over here. Yeah, this was word spacing before. But here we have check. Just try to check. But here we have words line spacing. The line spacing, want to try to click old drug, Something like that. I, I think that is perfect for now. Control again, just make it very large. Very large so that people can see fancy watch. They would know all this. Perfect luxury things that Now we have this I want to do. I want to make sure that, let me click on this. This is inside this fancy watch. What's it called, this background. This image enters into this fancy watch. It will make the design more perfect and more okay. How do we do it? Make this visible? What do you do? You right click and you come over it, create clipping mask. Okay, create what? Clipping mask the words create. That is, it's going to be clicked on, on, on the words, which is the Fancy watch. Do you understand? On this watch? Which is what? The Fancy Watch. Which is what? Fancy Watch. Okay. Now I can try to like you click the adjust, whatever is inside, you can see, you can see, try to adjust. So far, you've selected this self, selecting this and you don't like this. It's, you see it's going back to select what's it called, the form project itself. Okay, so just make sure you select this, then you are just whatever is there, okay, we can travel like this or like this. We like the flame or something like that should be there. So that's perfect and okay, well, I think the fonts needs to be changed. So I'm selecting this now. I'm coming over here. I'm not change the punts, come over here, click on this. Okay. What about this? What about this? Okay. That's okay. That's okay. Next we have another another form to another. Another. What's it called? Another, right up. Okay. So the right off is look good. Then check. So just try to say 75. Okay. Oh, the image is here. Look what's wrong. What's up? Let's look good. Contras. It contra contras. Okay. Let me go back the text to take on the text to. Okay. Then we have look good. Okay, then what? Then check this. Okay. The reason why it's not showed is that it is underneath the form project here. So click and drag it up. Then what it shows, why is it not showing? Okay, there is a mistake. It is power, it is. There's a clipping mask here also clipping on the form project, so I have to right click. Then what? Then where is the clipping mask then creates converts, convert frame. I take the clipping mask away from it. Okay, okay, let me see. Rasters type who, Sorry. Let's try to delete this first. Then let's just come over here the text to, then click on the text to, Okay, now we look good. Look, look good. Good. So now we check it. Then we click on this. Then try to move this towards, you can see the line is there. Just try to move up. I think it's okay, like this. What do we do? We use this to make sure that there's space and spacing between the words, So now that's perfect. Well, I want it to be light. I don't want it to be too too bold. Okay, I want something light. Okay? Okay. Yeah. So perfet contra zero. Okay, That's nice. That looks good. So now P is not too big. Let me reduce it. I think I need to reduce the one size. One size, so Okay, let me use concrete Concrete selects the look good itself. It should be selected. Contrec, make it okay. Let's check it first. Yeah, so let me click on this then try to increase. Good, so it's perfect. I think it's still too bold for me. Still too bold for me. Let me leave it like this. Yes, let, let me leave it. So there are some write ups. I want to write underneath it. There are some write ups I want to write underneath it that will actually make it looks like a copy. Right? Okay. For people to be able to buy the product. So what do I do just out and you know, what do I do think change. Let me change this to let me change it to color. Okay. Yeah, it will look actually nice now. It looks good. Fine, that's nice. No problem with that. Press now, we can actually press this box over here. Texts text to, then click hold and drag. I want a box to, not just a box, I'll start typing words that depict some copyrighting for a particular products for people to be able to se, able to buy. You can see the spacing here. It remembers spacing we, So just try to reduce, Let's try to reduce the word. Just check, check. Let's check it. Let's try to reduce. Good, So let's consider, I would say cross, perfection. Okay, So I think the words are you check it too big. Look, it's like 72. Okay. I think 72 is perfect. It's okay. So set two is perfect. It's very Okay. Space back. What happens? That will start, I think. Okay. Sorry. I think it's the nest. The first and the best. Impressive. Dignity, beauty, legacy and strength. Strengths distinguish, presents great my ship. Then enter we give, which is you're going to start with Captive Best. Oh sorry. Let me the best and world class products and it is the most perfect and standing with which. Okay, Now then then we try to click. Okay. You just click and must go beyond that. Okay. Um. Control. Then you check. Then what do you do? You try to make sure it is centralized. So just click on this one. Which is what? Center text. Then you click. Then you can see very perfect. So just come over then the lines in between. Okay. Why is it not okay? You check. So now you click old end, sorry, the Golden Drug. Perfect. Click over here, then control plus, plus zero. Now we have the present on Perfect. This is just like we advertising for a particular company normally look like. Let me make this invisible. Let me make this invisible. You can see we click. But when we try to blend images with it, this is the first one you see, how fancy looking it is. The we click on wards, The click on this looks very okay. Come over here, try to come to color. What to divide, divide? You can see invisibviilokskayw. Let's change it back towards color. I think color actually matches everything over there. Now this is like we've made something for a particular company that watch, fancy watch, look good. Then we start writing classic perfection and the like. We can try to bring this down down a little bit. Okay, see how perfect and okay it is that. What is this particular video tutorial? Before I finish, I use the noise also. I use the noise on this particular image. Also, just click on this watch. You click on this watch over here, the last one, then come to filter, then come over to noise, add noise. You can see just when I add a very large, just come over here. This is not really showing much, but this one is okay. Let's zoom in. You can see it. You can see, you can see, it's showing. You can see, it. Can see, yeah. Very, very perfect. So let's see here. Zooming, You can see, let me see this. Okay? You can see just zooming and just zoom in house. Okay. Very, very perfect. Very, very, It's very perfect. It's okay. It's nice. Looks good and perfect with, even with the noise. Looks good and perfect. That's okay. That type of design we want to be making and make sure everything goes on perfectly the way it's meant to go. I'll see you in the next to travel, we'll be editing a nice bicycle, a type of classic bicycle, returning it back to the vintage time type bicycle whereby we're going to make it look old, like an old image. I'll see you in the next. 22. Fun project 3: This lecture, I'm going to teach you how to change this classic, beautiful, nice gorge and perfect bicycle, Vintage bicycle. Old bicycle, retro bicycle. You come over to file, Come over to file, come to open, this is the bicycle open. These are the remaining things I want to open. I'm going to import them the way I import things when it comes to blending. Come to project file, then click on this control, click on this, click on, and click the first one. Therefore, when I'm through with this and I check it over here, then what happens? It brings out the next image. Click on Out, press Out, then you check the next one. Click on, you check perfect. Click odd, you check. Let me control zero to make it very bright. If you have a very small Ram and it's not working perfectly. I also have a very small Ram. Other eight giggramf have four gigram or something. Probably Photoshop might crash something like that or become very slow. Okay, just have to take notes. Are the technique everything you're doing right now, just make this invisible invisible. Those ones will be the last effect. So now we have the S first effect we are working on right now. Firstly, let me just remove the lock icon, make it load. Then click on here, then click here, then come towards brightness and saturation. Don't worry, we're going to end up brightness saturation. In the next section, after the blending section, I'm going to make this image very bright. I'm going to click, this is going to be very bright. Okay? But I don't want this actually, do I want to contrast. The blackness become more black. The light area become more light. The dark become more dark. Come attack. You can see, you just see before then, then the after because maybe is in the past are not sharp. I know. But when I make this contrast, very much helps the image to look more vintage, more old. Okay, now tribute that just close that. I'm not even supposed to close that. That was a mistake. A very big, big mistake, but that's not a problem. Okay, that's fine. You want to just click over here and just double click? That's fine, that's a problem. Why again? It's okay. It's fine. So now I click on this. What do I do? Come over here to what's to interrupt it, but it's not what's happening. I've not selected what's this? I have to select this. Then click on this. Then come over here and try to see the way it's going to interrupt and relate. So it's like a paper, I like the pot to be folded like the photos color, okay? It's actually changing everything but the suckerfecte one for the divide, subtract exclusion difference. Let me use this because I want the paper to show, you can see the foldness of the paper to make it look like old. That's what I want to achieve is not that I don't like the E, I like the way this looks like. But I think I need the foldness of the paper, then the fold ness like this. But I want something like this. Okay. Okay, I think something like this. Then click, try to reduce. Let's see what happens if it shows. Yes, the forward ness shows. But I think it's getting darker and I don't want it to be darker. I think, let me use your E. We try to reduce the E. Okay. Okay, let's leave it for now. Then click on this. What do we do? We try to select this again. Try what interacts them together. Okay, this one is. Go okay. Then try to reduce the subteration. Oh, okay. Try to this. Let's see what happens. Okay. No, it's not giving me actually what I want to that extent. But I think I think, okay, let's okay. I think I should use something like this then. Just reduce it a little bit. Okay. That's fine. I think let's use this. Told one, you should give me what I want, the scratches because we need scratches. This is we're talking about old vintage Retro. Okay. We need scratches. Yes, things like this that would scratch whatever we're doing. Okay. Choose this and reduce this. Let's see what happens. No, not perfect lightning, a little bit like this. The color that is okay in the last one you selected, this should do much more better work for us. Okay. Can you just select the image because we're looking at scratches. Looking at old image, there should be scratches. There should be brown stuffs that are not colorful to that excess. Click on this also. I can just try to reduce. You can see the scratches still remains. Okay. Try to reduce this also. Even case live then come over here. Okay. Okay, I think I got that. That's perfect then. Okay. Okay, I think that is really looking nice. Okay, nice one. So I think take order and drag down here from this classic words to the words to the old vintage image. Let me, let me increase it to at least it shoot, click and drag down. Click then before, then words, the after, the before the words after. So we can try to click one by 11 to 34.5 everything perfect, being old, Okay. 12345 perfect. Then the before, then words after perfect. So it looks good. It looks very, very nice. Kind of like it's very sharpened. It comes just just dull. Just dull, perfect. So this is all for this lecture. In the next coming lecture, we're going to be talking about something, something just like this. Just to buttress our points. Okay, we've been able to use the advanced setting and legs, and this is perfect enough. I'll see you in the next tutorial. I'll see you in the next tutorial video. 23. Fun project 4: In this tutorial. In this lecture we're going to be learning another type of interaction. It's the same thing, but just the last one. Just to buttress more on and emphasize on whatever we've done before. Just come to five comes to open. You come over, just click on this, have this already. And you click the other ones down. Before we did this one, find the problem, just click on this, press on control. Click, click on this. Just only click on this, then open. I do my normal stuff, project five. Then come over here to click on this, press control, click on this, then click you, drag it into this place. Then that's perfect. Click, check it. Then the other one, click, drug, press shift out rather. Now, you make this invisible. I'm only going to interact. This firstly, I'm going to look at something that would actually make my image very perfect so as to interact properly. You would see, this is the image I use for my thumb nail. Okay? It's very simple. Very simple. It looks, gorges are like molt water. So these are like tomatoes. Multiply O looks good. I think I love this. Okay? Think I love this one looks perfect. That's color one, that was nice. Okay. Okay. Mm hm. One just look like an artistic stuff. Difference, like something inside that. It's so nice. Good looking. Okay. Divide m. That's exactly what I used. Nice. Because it brings out the he makes its difference. Natural. Like this also looks good. Perfect. Okay. Okay, I like this. Where is it? So much like this, but it so much like the linear bone. Okay. I like the hue itself. Okay. I also like the color. Yeah, color. Okay. Color also looks good and nice saturation. I like the color saturation hue. Firstly, we don't want to actually like the color bone, the color bone very perfect. Another one I like really, so much like okay, the color bone. Okay, The mix looks nice. And the saturation and what the color, everything just perfect. But the one I'm going to use is what is the E? Okay? Perfect, looks good. Contra you see perfect, looks nice. Try just try to click in. Click okay, in the out. Fine. Then what? You make this visible. Then press press on this. Then look at the one that suits where you're heading. It's not working because we've selected this. So just try to select first, then what nest, then it's going, what's happening? Because I've not selected this. Sorry for that. Okay, let's go back. Nice one. Nice one. Okay. This one I used for the Tom Milk color Dodge. Okay. Mm. Can see nice, nice one. Hmm, Looks good. Oh, looks nice. Looks good. Looks good. Everything just looks perfect. Hm, I like this. I like this. Mm, nice one looks good. Saturation color. Mm. Okay. So, everything just looks nice, you know? Mm, I would like this one. No, just looks Mm, it's nice. Perfect. Mm, Nice one. Okay. This was the one I used. I wanted to make it clear. Good, also looks good. It's nice. Okay. Okay. So this was the one I used. This is perfect then contra zero, and that's it. That was one I use which is very I mean, very perfect and looks okay. I had to make the smoke interact and with the tomatoes and use that background also to so we have something like we have this right now. I've checked everything for this form project. This one over here. I'm going to use what I'm going to be using the heal me, See, using the he. He is very perfect. What I want, the heart region which is 100% we have this also 100% There's no need for me to reduce it or something that is perfect. Now we have this perfect zoom. Perfect. Design one then is from the number one to 2000 before. Now, after things have changed, the now added smoke and the lights. Okay. Before and what? After Perfect or just like one and what? And two perfect. That is it for this to show that was how I made the term nil. Use this for this as the blood mode. Use this color color as the blood mode for this word. That's perfect. I'll see you in the next section. But before I go, before I go, just come over to file. Okay. To open the move. Backward. To blend backward, Then a two. Yeah, in a two. Okay. Sorry. Yeah, in a two. Just come over the assignments for your 02. Okay. The assignment for your old two, you find them. I have not made any mistake. Okay. Yeah, good. The assignment for your old two is this 77777. Okay? And so 12 the one contra 2345. This five you're going to find a way of blending them together, okay? This is the main call, going to blend and this, okay? But just try make sure you blend them together. And from there we see what happens. Do it. If you have any questions, you tell me and you ask the questions and I'm going to respond you God's willing respond you. Okay? Thank you very much, and we move to the next section. 24. How to blend solid colour with background image: In this lecture I'm going to be teaching you about the solid shape. Now we're in the adjustment layer part three, the last section for the adjustment layer. We're going to be talking about everything in what's in the adjustment layer apart from the satration, which we talked about before. We're talking about the solid color, or we call it the color fuel. Come over here, open the images. We need a come down here, We need this press control. What's open? Come over here now, unlock, then click on this. This is what the solid field. You come over to the adjustment there. Then what's the solid field? The solid color, you call it the color field. Now, I opened the solid, I opened the solid color we call color field. And you see the color picker. They are interrelated. If you could remember very clearly, when we experiment the colors using the color picker, we actually opened the solid color, the color field. Right now we open it again and I have to change the background of this image. Now we have this one, I click on. Okay. That is, this has replaced with the background, this has totally replaced the background we had before. But what do we do? That was the reason why I had to make sure that the blended mode was after the adjustment layer part two. Because in part three, we're going to be using the blend mode often very, very much. For us to have this. There's nothing we can do to downward than to change the blend mode. You can see to change the blend, you can see the red is showing perfect. Place we can go to make the red show perfect is what is here. You can see when we reduce, reduce the opacity, it changes color and go back to the blue. But that's not what we want. Okay, now we have the red color. Fine. Okay, this final where you want to change the color, there's no need for us to start opening solid color again. Just double click over here. Then what? Change the color over here? Any color you prefer. Let's look at, okay, let's look at it. Any color you prefer, you press, okay. You're good to go, we're good to go. You can see, you can see this. Okay. The press. Okay. Before and now this after. Apart from that, make this invisible. Apart from that, we can actually use it on any, we can blend that, this background with another background with another image. How do we do it? Let's come over here. Click on this, click Odds, and inside the drop truck, when you go back, we still have that original one. It's just copying and pasting. We have it here, we click on it. What do we do? Control C. Control is what transform bring your cos, click and rotate. Use the sheets. It can make it fall on angle 45. Click or click out to forget. Can actually bring this to the center a little bit. Click old, that's good. Check it as we have this, so we have to just come over here again. Come to the blend mode, onward and blend it. It's not working. Why? Because we've not select the layer, We have to select the layer. Want to interact? Come over here. You can see. We can see. You can see, okay, the best thing we're going to do is click on one that we see as perfect. Then we'll reduce its parcity. Let me C this, then I'll come to reduce its opacity. So this is the before onwards, and after perfect. It depends on what you're like, it depends on what you want. Okay, this is the before the words after. It can actually change the color of a particular image. Blend the image together. Blend the colors of the image together. One is visible and one is not visible. Okay, let me increase it more. I think it looks good. Let me reduce it a little bit. Okay. Okay, we have the before and the after control. Zero. Perfect. That's okay. The before and the after. The before and the after. This looks good. So that is one way we can actually blend images together using the color field. We call this the solid color, okay? The solid, solid color, right? In the next lecture we're going to be learning about, going to be about the gradient field, okay? The gradient field set. 25. How to blend and change colours with gradient: In this lecture, I'm going to be teaching you how to use a gradient fill to change the color of three different things, three different images. Come to find. Come to open, come down. What? First is click on this, the second is click on this. Then the third is click on this. Then what you open, this is very easy, suggests come over ingredients. Just click ingredients. Make sure first unlock this, thevertingradients. This pops up, okay. When you want to change, you want to change the type of gradients. Okay, let me just press. Okay. When you see the type of gradient of what do you do? You can actually reduce your capacity. Okay, Little at 100 or what. Interact together with what the down layer. You can see how the sub actually looks like. Darken, multiply looks good. Present the before, and what is the after? Nice, looks good, looks good, multiply comed, color. You have to understand that it's not only images. Only images can change things like the gradient can interact with some other images. Images can interact with themselves. Ingredients can interact with other images. Even colors can interact with images. Okay? Colors like this can interact with images. There are a lot of things that can interact with images. You select them, you use the saturation change. The saturation change change the color change, the lightness and brightness and everything. Just keep on coming. You can see it looks really perfect and good. Nice one. Okay, light, just like there is lightness around there. But blend. It's just blending of something. Okay, perfect. Okay, nice one. Let's change the color. Just double click over here for this is what you double click here. So you double click over here. Another, another dialog up. So you can just double click here again and change the colors. Probably something like, let's say, let's say blue present, okay? Okay. Okay. Okay. We have something like this, n, then you change it, you see color, heel, divide, sucks. You can see a mix very hard. Okay? Something like this. Perfect N one. Okay? Okay. One. Okay. Even when we have something like color bone like this, we can rotate it like it's under, fine. We can bring it here like this. You can click, you can see we decided to change where the color changes. Where the color interacts, okay, with our image. Okay, let me change it back to the red and let's see what happens. Let me give it something like okay, red, orange, or let me give you something like this and that's okay. Okay. Okay. So okay. Can okay. I think the color bone is to bony or something like that. Yeah. Well, we can reduce it. You can see we can try to reduce it. So we can actually change. You can see very, very perfect. And also you can actually change. It's linear. You can change to radial, okay, Just like a little lights at the middle. You can change to angle, okay? Something like this. You can change it to reflect it. Okay, this is, even when you change it like this, you would enjoy it perfectly. Depending on whatever you want to use, you can change what diamond, it depends on you. Okay? So let me leave it as linear here again. You can change the scale something like very hard, but when you start increasing it, it's fads and looks perfect and good. Okay, this is okay. You can reverse it, that it should be on top and when you check reverse, it should be what below. Those are the basic, those are the necessary settings you have to understand. Another thing is just come over you, click wait, Let me take this like this, okay, click. We have presets, different ones that has been made already in our Photoshop for us to use. Okay, well, let me click on. Okay, let me change the blending mode from linear bond to something very, very light or something. That's okay. You can see this also. I believe it's at color. Okay. Let me increases. Give it it's 100% okay. Oh wait. Let me change. Well, something I guess really looks good. I so much love this. Very, very artistic. Okay, come over here. The basic, okay. Nice. Let's come over here, the preset ones for you. For me, you can see, you can see different ones as it has been mixed together. Okay. You can use, you can try to reduce its opacity. Wow, I so much love this 11. Okay. Kells press Okellpress. Okay. It's too much Okay. I think when we change with some other color, we can be able to see. Nice one. Wow, nice, good, hmm. I really love this. I'm so much interest interested in just add light over here, okay. Wow, so much love this. He looks good and great. Bring me back to color and let me reduce it to opacity. Let's see what happens. Nice touch, Show me too much before, after the after. Let me increase the nice one. You can use any ingredient even used half of everything. Okay. Can you see there is still more force to, there's still more to use a lot. I kind of like this also. Okay, Pink also. Wow, I think the pink will actually go more on this. Okay. So different ways of doing things. He wants nice one, okay? Wow, warm color, very warm. These are cold colors. Everything is just nice and perfect. Nice and nice and perfect. But for example, whether you want to create your own, just come over here, double click twice. Okay, we give it blue. Okay, you're good to go. Then double click over here. Okay. So no sorry. Then double click over here, give it like pink or something. Then you can see how it changes in real time. Orange because it's changing already. Green probably. You don't see any color you want in the process. You can change it to your own taste. Okay. You can change it to your own taste the way you want, okay, Is how I want my known to be light, light want to be like this pink, red. Real time, changing in real time. Okay. It's very simple. This is very, very perfect depending on the way you know how to use this. And it's very simple. Again, you can change the angle, obviously you can see blue, you can see what you can see. It's perfect. Perfect. Just click and you can try to increase it. Okay? Then try to reduce. You can reduce. You can reduce. Okay? You can reduce, see your tastes. Okay. This is very, very perfect. Zero, Sorry, this is very, very perfects. Let me use a warm color also, like I'm using orange for example. You say orange and okay, then coming over here and I'm using like yellow. Okay? Something like this. Okay? Decrease, decrease, decrease, decrease it, point decreasing to my tests. Okay? Something like this is perfect and okay for me. Okay? Now, let me use a code color. Something like that. Cold Colorado, something. I can use something like blue. Okay. Let me use the blue leg before me. Just bring something down. Okay. And blue and what's blue and green? Let me say green, something like that. You press, okay. Okay, reduce, reduce, reducing. Okay. You can see very perfect, perfect. That is how to use ingredient feel. It really helps in adjusting things. Now when you come over here also, you can use, it's very perfect. Can use it very perfect. Just click here. I'll be very fast with this, don't worry, the word gradients. Okay? Come over here and choose very more advanced once. Okay? Just click on. Okay. What do you do? You try to blend? Blend them, okay? Okay, Rest a blend. Okay. Just another one. Okay? Okay. Something like this. Very, very perfect. Very, very, very perfect. Nice one. Nice one. So now I just something like this, so you can work on that. Also actually is the last one which I see a designing for a brand, a cosmetic brand or something. Whether you need to up them with a type of magazine cover or a type of design, they need to advertise it to people to make it attractive. They don't want to use the products only. They want some editing. They want some photo editing. They want some blending of colors. They want some changing of colors. They want perfect colors for their brand. How do you go about it? It is very simple. Now, you can use what? You can use the gradient fill. Come over here. Also go to gradients. Gradients feel something like this. It gives automatically the default. I don't need the default. What I need actually is something very much than the default. Okay? Okay, just come to blend, Blend mode, I think color. Okay? You got say, something like this. Then click, try to reduce. Okay? Something like this is much more different from what we had. Very. Very interesting. Something like this. Very perfect. But it's changing. Like the brand itself. We can try to reduce it. Try to reduce, okay. But let me make it hundred percent, I'm going to change it to something else. Let me go down and start picking new things entirely. Nice one. Okay, let's see what this can do for us, okay? Try to reduce it. Okay? Something like this. Okay? Perfect. Okay, okay, perfect. Let's see something else. Let's double click oay. Double click oay to the end. To the extreme end. Okay, nice one. I think this is okay. Like this also. Let's check list and see what happens. It is more better than this we had before. Okay? You can see something like this. There is a little touch, it shouldn't be too much. Just a little touch of, of the design. Perfect. Nice one. Very nice. Okay, so now just double click over here. Double click. Go down. Let's choose this. Hm. Okay, nice one. Ice flu, like geta over here we have green. Nice flu, Okay? Clouds, gray, gray. We don't need to gray actually. Okay, I think I reduce. Oh, let me increase it back. Grease. I think the grease. The greens. Hmm. Nice one. Okay. Nice. Hmm. Okay. Okay. The orange. Okay. I think I have arrived at what I really want. Yes, nice one. Okay. Okay. Okay, I think I should use, This is perfect. Okay, perfect. Just reduce it bits. Just reduce it a little bit, just like before. What's the after? Just try to increase more. Okay, the before. Perfect. We have pink over here, just pink over here. We have a little of yellow gold which is just like cover. Just click old drug, like this old drug. Just make it 100% okay. Just reduce a little pink. Very, very perfect. We have the before and what's the after? The before. Then. After, perfect. Now we've been able to understand gradients from me. Reduce this should be okay, perfect. We've been able to understand the gradients feel from different perspectives. Here we're going to jump to the N you practice very well, whereby actually have practice, practice fils for you. But let's jump to the lectures, to the next lecture, which is talking about pattern under the adjustment layer. 26. How to change colours with pattern: In this tutorial, we're going to be learning the pattern adjustment layer. It's very simple. Just choose a pattern and blend, it's all. Just click over here, then click the pattern and the adjustment layer. Okay, let's sell. We have this and just press okay. And come over here then blend it. And that's all very, very simple. Click on Overlay, click on Wards and Reduce. That's fine. And sometimes you can change, you can change it to grass. Okay. You can click on this, click on this. Okay. I think this is this nice express. Okay. Just increase past. Let's see what is beneath, what's happening. So cantu increase 100% Okay, Just reduce. Another thing you can do is to increase the scale. Scale is increase the scale. Increase The scra can see, press. Okay, control z. You can see it looks like it's not perfect. So just reduce it. And reduce what? Reduce its scale down. Okay, okay, I think this is perfect and okay for us. Nice one, nice effect. Nice effect. Okay, so now we can actually chose, come over and choose the water also. Hm. Okay, Okay, you can just reduce the saturation, then come away and reduce the scale also. I think the scale is too much. Shouldn't even make it too much. Then what you can reduce contra zero. You can see this before, after. I think we should reduce before. And what's the after? Let's increase it more. This is the before and what's before and the after. Contra. Before and the after. That is it for the pattern under the adjustment layer nest which tres the brightness and contrast adjustment. 27. How to change colours with Brightness/Contrast: In this lecture, we're going to learn about brightness and contrast under the adjustment layer. Just just come over here, try to unlock that. Firstly, we're going to come to five. Open, then come down here, click the Chinese woman. Okay, the Chinese image. Click then press control downward. The click on this then's open the two together minus open. Try to open the adjustment layer. We have come down towards brightness and contrast. Okay, for this also, let me try with this. Also control zero, look what happens, come over brightness and contrast. It's very simple. Brightness talks about making every aspect of the image bright. The shadows and the eye lights. That you're making it very bright when you're like increasing it. But when you're reducing it, you're making everything, Both the brightness and the shadows are being reduced. That is how the brightness works. Just come over here and what, and reset to default. But for the contrast, it's something different. Contrast in what sense? That is, the eyelights becomes more light. It becomes that. Why? The shadows becomes darker? It's different from brightness. Brightness brightens everything. It bright the shadows. It brightens the eyelights. When it has been reduced, it reduces the eyelights. It uses the shadows. But when the contrast is being increased, it increases the light, makes the light lighter. And it increases the shadow. It makes the shadow darker. When it's being reduced, it makes the shadow Led. The eyelights light or something like that. Now when we click on the contrast, you see what happens. Just click How you're going to know is that you price this before, after, before, and that is the yell. The places with light in the image becomes lighter. The places with darkness, with shadows in the image becomes darker. Okay. That is it. You can see this unrepresent. When I reduces what happens, you can click invisible, make visible the places with light becomes reduced. The lights become reduced. As with darkness. The lights, the darkness becomes reduced. I like to make my images most times increase the contrast to 100% making it very high. Okay, now we have the before. After. Now, there's a part when you want to make an image very sharp, the first thing you can do is come over to what contrast? Make it very sharp. Make very sharp. Just look at this before. Just look at the umbrella. How sharp it is before, after. Just look at the perfect. Okay? Look at the clothes. Okay? Before then, after. Look at the roads before, then, after. That's how it is. Now, come over here to the car, okay? Now, when you increase the brightness, you see everything becomes bright. Everything becomes less bright. But that's not what I want. Come to contrast, Contrast does work perfectly. Click over here and, and increase. You can see the dark area becomes darker, the white area becomes lighter. Just make this invisible. Before and what, and after. Before and after. Let's look at the ground floor. The white space become whiter. The darker pace becomes more dark. Okay. Look at it again. Before. What's the after very dark. Look at the car. Look at the lines in the car. Before then, before, then, after, try, okay, That is before, then, after. Very perfect and it shines perfectly, country zero. That's how the brightness and contrast wops. 28. How to change colours with Levels: This lecture I'm going to be teaching you how to use the levels adjustment layer to brighten lighting and darken your image and add some sweet effect using the levels adjustment layer. Just unload this. Normally you know where to get this. Just converti Fi and get the image there. Get a picture. Come over here. To what, Two levels. Just click on it. Then what happens? You can see it's here. Let me use my minimize button, sorry. Press on the space bar, then click your left hand mouse with the click wood. And ghr, I need to enable my my shot. Cut the Polly keyboard and mouse. Sorry for that. Okay, so now. Okay, now it's now enabled. I'm very sorry for that. I should have done that before I forgot. So good. Now it's enabled. So way up this. Okay, good. Now for the levels adjustment layer, just like similarly cave adjustment layer. But there's some slides, probably just a little difference between the two. The main thing we're after is look at this point, like this point, it's white. Look at this, it's black. And look at this, it's gray. Okay, this is white. This affects the lightness. This affects the darkness of the image. This affects whatever is between the darkness and the lightness that. This is the highlights, this and words. This is the mid tone. Okay, now we understand. I can't, I can't. Click, hold and drag to the right hand side. I would drag it into the space is provided by the box. You can see moving it is adding more lights to the eye lights making the image words more light. And being exposed, just like using the exposure adjustment. You can see, you can see Pax number. But when I just what happens? Just press on this just like you on and off. Okay, this is before and the after, you can see perfect. Just like the other adjustment layers and layers and levels are very special and very important. You can come over here, you add some black, some shadows to it Happens. This is the before and the after perfect. The image looks cool and nice. Let me reduce the darkness. The black a little bit. Darkness before and the after perfect, very sharp and looks perfect. Or the other time you can see, you can see very perfect. Now, apart from that, let me control zero. Okay. Out. Then apart from that, we can actually reset back to default as we normally do using the adjustment layer. Layers. Okay, We can come back to default or we click old and drag like this. Okay, we are moving like we are adding black towards to the images. Like going like this, adding white to just like anything between the words the white and we and the black point. That is, anything between the hyh lights and the shadows is called the mid tone. You can see very easy, You can see perfect. This is good. Now this is perfect and that's the main thing we actually need. Another thing is that sit back to the photo and this is the way it is. Easier stress, you can just come over to auto. Photoshop understands how to blend the image together, just click on it. You can let's of this before and the after. It has been able to move this white pointer a little bit and the black from the T and adjusted from year to year, it's okay. But if you want more darkness or more lightness, you can keep on adjusting. Just use the mid, adding blacks to the shadow move. You're adding white to the shadows, it's perfect. You see, looking at this, looking at this right now, the cord words. This is an istogram that tells us what is happening. What is happening, how the shadows when talking about the shadows and the ye lights. Which one is more in the photo, which one is less in the photo. You can see as this goes up and comes down, it shows us that the darkness is quite much downwards than the lightness in the photo. It's just a little bit of practice. Apart from that, we have this other slide. When we move like this, we're actually trying to add, let me reset to default. When we move this, we're adding whites to it. When you see this is white point is the white point. Black, black pointer. We're moving this, we're adding black to it. But this one is what is the opposite of whatever we have. Yeah, we add adding white. It's adding it's adding black. Apart from this inedding black. Yeah, it's adding white to the layer. That is just like an opposite. Apart from that, we part we can actually just choose anything and it would automatically adjusts the way it wants lay something like that day, something like this. Okay? Okay. You can see as I'm changing the pointers changing also, let me go back to default. You can see dark, can see the tone changes. The changes also come over to increase contrast. Okay, Lightning shot can see it's changes just a default. It's favorable and you adjust whatever you want to adjust. Just whatever you want to adjust your use words or use the auto auto tab or something. The auto botton. Apart from that were coming here, that something we've been able to talk about. Okay. You can did come over here. We're using is what is the RGB? Okay. Let me come over here. Okay. All we're using here is what is the RGB? Red, green, and blue. We've talked about this before. You want to add some color to the image, some very faint color, something like that, and click on Red. What happens? This is telling us the words. You can add the red or an opposite of red towards your image. Now, when you come over, click and drag. It depends. But let me, let me, let me come over to actually es, understanding, you can see it's normal lightning it because I have specifically said, okay, I'm into I need the RGB, I need the red itself, not the complete RGB. I'm only targeting the R. Okay. So we have this, you can see we are adding the red to it, making the color warm. Just a little bit. This, okay, just a little bit. You can see this before and the after. Very perfect. Let me zoom in and you see, okay, this is the before and the after. Very perfect. Before and after. Apart from that, we can actually reset default. Reset difficult. You have to come back and do what? And reset the spat. Click here. And what green is being added, like it's, it's like word and opposite. I choose red. Red. Whatever I choose would be, and it's like the opposite would be. This red is a warm color. Why The green is what is a cool color? I think the coolness is too much. Okay, good before and what the after. You can see. Apart from that, let me come over to green. Okay, We have the green year. Okay? The green now represents the cool color. We have the opposite. Which is, which is blue. Okay. Which is, which is blue? Which you can see it as being blue. Okay? But sometimes it can just be a mixture of, it can be mageta or something like not really sin, but something like maga. Okay? But this is actually talking about like this is mage, this is magetacause. This talks about if this is Magetavkay, talks about green, which is what? A cold color. And the Magetakm color, it depends and we can move the green or move the red. It depends on how the before and the after. It depends on how you want it to be. Okay? It depends on how you want the image to be. So this is the before and what's, and the after. Lastly, let's go to the blues. The blue, okay, I think, let me reset everything. Back to the white wants, okay, now to the blues. Okay. So now we'll find the blue over here. Okay? This is the blue. Okay. Then we find the opposes of the blue, which is what's, which is yellow over here. Okay? This is the coolness of it. And this is what? This is also the coolness of it actually. Because, sorry, yellow is the warmness. Yellow, the warmness of the color of the image. Why the blue over is words, is the coolness of the image. The curves works just similar to the layer layers adjustment layer work similar to the curve adjustment layer. But I'm going to teach you the curve also. And let's see what are the differences and how it works in line. I'll see you in the nest. 29. How to change colours with Curves: In this lecture, I'm going to be teaching how to use the adjustment layer. Let's come over to file and you got a picture. This is the image use. Just come over to adjustment layer. We choose chosen the levels. That was the last lecture and yeah, we're going to choose what the cuffs you can see, there's similarities between the two. Actually we're going to find out when we start using them. This is just the default. And almost like what we have in the in the levels adjustment layer, almost select this park. So good. You see, there was a straight line year before. There was a straight line year before. Okay. But when I chose just like strong contrast, what happens? It's bends. That's why it's called what curves, adjustment layer. The curves are what are functioning as a working day itself. So color, negative, nice of love this. So we have the before perfectly, another dimension. Very perfect, okay? Cross process, okay? Something like this. Nice, nice, okay. Increase contrast, okay? And so on and so forth, Okay? Okay, okay, nice one. So just leave it a default. I think that's okay for us then now you can see just like we add a slide in the levels adjustment layer and we have the pointers, so now you add lights to it, okay. As normal, we all understand. You can see how it's moves, Okay? What we are. Darkness it, okay. Very important is the highlights and words and the shadows, okay? It's very important. You can try to control the middle. You click odd, drag, drag. You are trying to control the middle. The greenness of the image, which is what the main tone. You can move up like this, like this. Whenever you're moving up, what happens? It's affected lightness, whenever you're moving down, anyhow, anywhere like this, it's affect the darkness. That is the main difference between the two is the main difference is a curve and that one is just like normal levels or something like that. You can also use the auto, you can see how it coughs Good to go, Good to go for that. Let's go back to faceting. Another thing is that you can click this place, bring down, you can click over here, bring up. You can click here. Okay. Turn this also. Okay. But you have to be very perfect when you're using a cough adjustment layer because you might lose lots of details when you just coughing and cov, you don't, not just the auto or just try to make sure, don't forget. When you click old Du, okay, you add lightness, much ness. Click old and drag down. Adding what, you add much darkness to it. It depends on how. It depends on what you want to use it for. What do you want to use? How do you want to use it? Okay. Another thing is just that we can actually come over here, just like the two were actually understanding the heavy saturation adjustment. You click. When you click, you can come over here. There's lightness, click and drag. That is the lightness on replaces with darkness. So what you do, you bring it down. You can see you bringing it down. It is actually bringing about lightness. It's bringing about darkness. It's making the lightness they become, bringing about shadow is becoming dark. Okay? And you can see the curve. You can see the curve in the curves dialog there it is. What's coming down towards because darkness goes down, okay? You can see white lightness goes up. You can see, you can see goes up. You can see good limited. Just even if you move around the air like this and the lights, I'm still holding my left and mouth butting. It works one advantage of curves as over the levels it has an ant to where you can just pick a specific area. This is the only area I want to, I want it to affect you go to affect the area and you got to go, okay, let's set back to the folk setting then. Just convert. This is the lightness to bring the lightness in that place exactly although it would affect some other areas. Okay. But it's actually targeting that area and you're bringing it down perfect. You can actually, before and after you've at least make that place, you've made that place to have some little darkness. Okay, we set back to the fo setting piece is the As Darkness. I want to lighting them now. It's still selected, Click Order and drag it up. You can see it's lighting in that particular area and some other areas in photo, but we actually need this particular area and it's doing its work. It's really doing it work. That is what the curves adjustment layer actually talks about. That is basis, that's what we have to know. Change colors and some other things. We can also use the curves adjustment area to change. You can see it changes to red color. You see green change to green color. You can see blue, It changes to blue color. But in the levels adjustment layer, nothing like this happens. It's not changing. It's not showing a blue line or something. But that is why the curves actually has more edges than the levels adjustment layer. Red. Okay. As we did before. Okay. We're adding some red, Something like this. Okay. Something like this effect. Okay. We're adding yeah, we're adding cool color. We're adding green. That's just like what we did before. Okay. Now let's add green. Okay. You can see the opposite What Magta. Okay, fine. That's okay. Are adding what's adding? Blue. Add a little blue, which is meant for wholeness unless a, a little yellow is meant, which is meant for warmness. You have the four and wars and the after. Very perfect, that is for the coffs adjustment layer. Also, I'll see you in the next to. If you have any questions, please let me know. I'll see you in the in the next lecture. 30. How to change colours with Exposure: Okay, coming over here, actually just come to, come here and come to exposure after the brightness and contrast. We're talking about the exposure now. Just look on exposure, Exposure is not very difficult, okay? Just leave this at default. It exposes the image just like what, brightness and contrast. But this is even more advanced than brightness. And what? And contrast. Just see just contra zero control plus, okay? Okay, Just like this and like this. So I don't really know, we just have to leave it like that and the upsets, okay? These are not really going to make the images look good. Okay? Something like this can make the image look good. Okay? Just okay. It's nice. Okay, It's fine. Nice. Okay, nice. Okay, We want something like this. The upset is nice. Even better than the exposure. Okay? Better than the exposure. Okay. Something like this is okay. It's nice. Then come over, not okay, gamma correction this. Okay? It's okay like this also. Okay. You can leave it like this. It's working together with the shadows and the eye lights. Okay. Exposure how exposed it is to the lights and the darkness and to the lights and shadows likeness to the eyelights. Shadows, that lightness and darkness. Okay, fine. That problems. Okay, Like this. So that's the end for this one. That's how this works. 31. How to change colours with Vibrance: In this lecture, we're going to be talking about the vibrance. Okay? After, After the exposure, vibrant actually makes the image very bright. Just like, you know, adding lots of details to the image, just like contrast. But this talks about color. You can say the before and what the after, increasing the color of what we have just coming over here also. Okay, sorry to the first one here. Vibrance then increases before and the after. That's how vibrance actually works. Saturation, We don't know what saturation, it's just to strengthen it too much. When it's reduce, it reduces, makes washed away too much. Apart from just come over here, you see, You see how it works when you reduce it makes washed away. It's the same thing actually. It's almost the same thing with the adjustment layers. Just like the names are different and they actually work differently. And it's good when you know everything. Okay. And that's it. 32. How to change colours with Colour Balance: In this lecture, we're going to be talking about, what about the color balance, which is afterwards after vibrance. Okay? After satration. We've treated satration very much extensively. So just click on color balance. Color balance tries to help us balance the color in it, tries to help us balance the color in an image. Let's click and drag down. Okay, so we have in the color balance, we have the mid tones, eyelights and shadows Highlights, as I've said, is the lightness of the photo. Why shadows is what shadows is, the darkness of the photo tones is in between. That's why we have cyan red. Then the between which is was Maga green, yellow. Now we're going to talk about the shadows. Whatever there is black, we try to add, add redetever, there is black. We try to add can sets. I think you should add some red. Okay. Okay. Before then, what's the after again? Whatever shadow, we try to add some maga, that's too much of green. Okay. I'm going to make it manga, just to make the color warm. Now, add some yellows. You have some blues. Okay, I want to have some yellows. I think this is perfect. This before, the after perfect, I can come over its to red to reduce it. You can see it looks good. The before after, it is sharp. Okay, sharp looks good. Okay, before. And the after looks perfect and looks good. That's for the shadows. Now let's come over, let's, let's try to recept default. Okay, let's come to highlight. When talking about highlights, let's make it like cool. Making the highlights cool increases to 100% Making the highlights green color. Coolness talks about sine and green and also blue. Okay, we try to reduce a little bit. We have this before the after very perfect. We'll set back to default. And we have the mid tones. In the mid tone, actually we can actually click hold, drag. Think it talks about how the shadows and the Yh lights manage the image going to be in between the shadows and the eyelight. Think the red is okay. Yells Is green. Okay. Yellow. Yellow. Okay. Is blue. Okay. So it's matches. Okay. Before and what's the after increases to 100% Okay. The before and what's the after? Okay. Let me take this can increase the greenness. Take, just put something before then. I so much like the warm colors, the red, the yellow, the orange, the mageta, something like that. I so much like the warm color looks good and perfect. Looks very good and perfect. It depends on how you want to. Now you're in control. You try to adjust to the left, to the right, and mix anything that suits you. Anything you'd like to be on your photo is there for you to choose. You choose and you're good to go. Okay. Now, perfectly being able to color balance, to balance the color in that particular image I'll see in the, in the next let. 33. How to change colours with Black & White: In this lecture, we're going to be learning about the black and white. Just come choose normally the Chinese Chinese we choose then choose the car. Now I think we need the car right here also. You open this also. Good control, zero. Now come over. Then we choose the black and white. And see it goes black and white straight forward. Now one thing, you know, just leave it at the fault or you want to use blue filter, you want to use darker, you want to use green filter, okay? Understand, even if it is in black and white, okay? It's understands where the real color automatically, where they are, where the real color are used. Okay? You can see something like this before and what the after. Very nice one, lighter. Okay? Maximum black. Maximum white, Nice one. We have natural density, okay? We have red filter, we have the yellow filter. But I think we should go back to default. Just leave it as, as default. Now you can come to tint it actually make it off white or something like pale. Very pale from whatever we have before. This is the before. And what is the words after? Perfect. Sometimes decide Photoshop choose for me, so just you auto it chooses for you, but just redo. Now I think we make the red light or we make the red dark. It depends on what you find is radiate lighter and darker. The yellow actually makes it lighter, yellow, darker, Okay? Even if it is in black and white, there are ways you can actually reduce and change whatever you want to change. You see, okay? Make the green light, make the green dark can see where I'm changing. This thing is only the leaves at the back that is changing because that is where we can find the real green itself. You can see lighter and white and dark. It recognizes, recognizes it even if it is in black and white. Can darker and we, and lighter. Okay, good I, blue light. You can remember that the w umbrella is what? It's a blue color. It's really affecting that blueness. You can see light blue and what? And dark blue. That's blueness in the words, in the umbrella. What else again? Magadk, lighter. I think I like something like this. The blue, the Maga little but the Sionreensd lights the leaves and trees. The yellow, the sun that you can see. I'm controlling the lightness from the sun. Okay. I think I shut to make it light. Okay. And make the mageta black. Okay, nice one. Even I can reduce the blue and still remains tens. Okay, I can decide to leave it like this. Okay, fine. Forwards, but take it away. It tens. It depends on me. No Tinsye, it's all about the black and white. And you can actually use black and white, whatever whatever you're using. It's not a big, it's very interesting to look good. So far, you're able to use it perfectly according to where I used it in this tutorial, I'll say in the nest. 34. How to change colours with Photo Filter: In this lecture I'm going to be using the photo filter adjustment layer, okay? It cost press space burden. Just try to move to the right hand side photo fire. This is very simple. Just let me know warm colors and colors which we've let in the previous videos before. Now we can just come over the warm filter. Okay, Just try as much as possible to increase it so much. Love this, or you decrease it to your own taste. To your own preference. Okay? You can actually double click and change the image. Okay. Change the image. Change the Colorado whatever you prefer. Okay? Blue green. Okay. So it depends on whatever you want to use lic casts. I'm using anything from here. Okay. Cons. Okay. So another type of worms, warm coolness. Okay, coolness. What's wrong? The coolness. Okay. Apart from the coolness. Sorry for that. Apart from the coolness. Okay, we have another coolness. You can choose red. Okay? You try to reduce it, pacity down to your suits. Okay? Try to reduce your acityka. Increase your pacityka, you can before the words, after colors can also, colors can also interact. 100% orange, yellow, green. Okay? Depending on any, when you want to Deep red, you can see just like just like Mageta, Click old and what. And drag down. While I so much love this call, this is the before. And what is the after? Perfect. Anywhere you feel like using your welcome, deep blue. Okay. Goes on and on, underwater. Goes on and on, and just try to increase and decrease. You can also come over here to increase more and decrease more. That is, it's about the fault of 35. How to change colours with Channel Mixer: This lecture I'm going to teach you about about the color field. Sorry, about the China mixer. We just did default filter about the China mixer. Just the China mixer is just like a color balance you can remember. Just like a color balance. Okay. Just something like this. Cody? Okay. Let me start from here. Default, just just try to play around with this. Just just like something we've done before, just leave it a default in red, green, blue. Just give me that red problem. Just try to move towards towards green. Move towards was red. Okay. You move towards towards blue. When move towards, right. Okay, we move towards here, towards green. Moved mydata, alread. It's almost the same thing. All over and all over again. Just just choose one. Know it perfectly and love to use more. Okay. Everything. But just to make sure you blend everything within each other, amongst each other. That's it. 36. How to change colours with Colour Lookup: In this lecture, I'm going to teach you how to use color look up, which I have actually been using. Something like the sunshine. I said the sunshine something like the late sunset before. And yes, that's true. Let's see how it works perfectly right now. Now the color Look up is up and running. If I praise the abstract, there is no much things there. The animals there, praise the device. Link the anim things there. This also just leave it at its default. Just leave it. He just just, it's fine. Now, I'm coming back to the first one. The second one, there is nothing much you have to know about this. Just leave it as it is. What you need to know now is what just lend this, okay. Understand perfectly what this is. It's different looks which Photoshop has included in the industry, they included in Photoshop, it is like a Pset of whatever you want, What you can actually ever think, they actually have it already for you. Just one click and it's actually shows up just like the late sunset. I love this color lookup. Um, this color look up. This is this color look up. I saw so much, love it so, so much. This is before. Then after. Very perfect. So coloup, let's start from the beginning, okay? You can see strip. Look nice. Looks good. Okay. Very, very much. Okay. Kind of very, very much. Okay? Okay? It looks Chinese nice one. Apart from that, we have the second one. Okay? Show bleach. Okay? It's really bleaching. Candle light? Yeah, candle light. Okay. Car, nice car, look nice. Drop blues, like the aspect whereby this looks tinted, it looks like black and white. And this piece looks colored, looks nice edge amber. Too much fall colors, nice one. It looks good. Film stock, okay, nice effect Fuji. Almost the same thing. Almost the same. I like this for better than the other ones. More than the other ones, okay. Just like this, also futuristic. Some looks in the future. 30, 41, year 30, 41 blue. It's horror indeed. Probably you have an image that you want to make it look very scared to people. Blue. It's a pre ready for you to. Okay, nice one. Okay? Okay, sun set. I so much love this. If it's too much, just click old and drag and try to reduce it opacity. Then what you have to before and what after. Very perfect. Just like sunsets, the sun is setting in the evening. Let's come over by your words. Moonlight light. Okay, nice. We have night from day, okay? We have soft warming. Really soft indeed. Very warm. Okay, tell orange plus like this also. It looks good. Then what? Tension? Green, red, tension. Indeed, that is a color look up which they are preset already in Photoshop points use at any time you feel like using even the late sunset we're going to use where we're going to use it in a particular kitchen where we're going to use it for the o kitchen and try to turn on the lights in the kitchen. The lights that 37. How to change colours with Invert: In this lecture I'm going to be teaching you invert. You come over here just, you invert the image. That is all. When you want to use inverts, adjustment layer, just select invert, artistic design, things you've never imagined it. Look at the sand for the slippers, you can see that before. Just like giving light colors to things that are dark and giving dark colors to things that are light, it's actually happens just just like that. That's very good, and that's very perfect. So it's good. That's okay. And that is for this lecture. We move to the next lecture. 38. How to change colours with Posterize: This lecture, I'm going to be teaching about posterized. We're going to use this image, then use the three apple images. Okay, just come down here. And what? Just let me use one of the layer mask then open. Yeah, we have the same control, zero. So let me start with this. Okay, come to come to posterize, you can see posize When you click and posterized, just click and drag Led. Nothing happens except you come down to 30, 2010, 11. Try Z, these are things we need mostly just try to, What you can do is just click, click here, bring the muscle click over here. Or you can use the scroll to move down like this. And this, fine. It's okay. Okay. But you can just, you can click, bring your cost, click here. Then use your robot to increase or use your down robot to increase down. And it keeps on going and you see the changes. As it changes, you can start seeing it now. Good to two is like the lowest or the lowest you can go. Increase is three and you see four. I think probably we've not seen this very well. It's just like then out. Okay, so let me go back to this then, then come put the collide. 765321. Something like this, looks artistic, looks like a newspaper or something. You're trying to portray people. For people to see how something actually looks like. Another thing we can do is you can just come over. Let's to come over then, then bring about the hue, saturation adjustment layer. Then then color, okay, then colorize. You can see what happens. Okay, you can change, okay, let me just leave it the way it is. Then come to posterize, then change it towards, change it to four. Okay. Yes. I so much love something like this whereby we have the reduce something like this. Let me leave it is okay. Now we have this. So I, I so much love something like this the way it looks. Let me just let us bring the box. Okay? Changes of this, the way it is distorted like an artistic design. Okay? The way it is. So I so much love someplace increases a little bit. Okay. Let's come to, let's try to use this. Okay? Something like this. Okay. Something like this. It looks distorted, but I just like it like that, it's perfect. I like it like that, it's perfect. So come to heal again. Okay, the color is very bright. Now, come to polar, posturized, try to reduce. Okay, one. Okay, nice one. Change the color. We want to change the color. Color you prefer? Good, nice one that posturizks. Just change the level from, from the highest ports to the lowest. Let's move to the other woman, the Chinese. Okay, come over here. Well, what do we do? We go over towards posterized. Now we have posterized just puts your cost. Then you increase, then you'll come down to decrease by it's going, let's try to see it's, it's disposing. See the next lecture. 39. How to change colours with Threshold: In this lecture, we are still using the three apple and the woman, the Chinese. Okay. So come over here, let's start with the apple force come over here and just to come to the threshold. Okay. You see what apples. They also looks like. Just go downwards and just start coming little little by little. I forms from the darkness towards to the words to the eye lights from the darkness toward. Just move back a little bit. From the darkness towards. It's the yl. He looks comical. Es looks like, you know, all these comic old comic books before they printed, the colored comic books came also. I mean, but the white, it becomes exposed like the produce is white, which is the ylight, darkness, Ben. Okay. You can even see like the hierarchy like the how it goes up and down the back. You see the whiteness starts increasing and increasing it increases. So I think it is, this looks good. This looks comical, this looks. This just looks perfect. The drawing is perfect. Very perfect. Let's come over here and see what this also does to our image. The streshd come from the darkness towards little by little, little by little, exposes the white little by little, little by two. Uh huh. And it exposes all white. So I'll just stick to the point, you know, gradually. Nice. Nice one. So does it for this does it for this lecture. We're going to see you in the gradiate map 40. How to change colours with Gradient Map: In this lecture, I'm going to teach you how to use the gradient map. Firstly, we use the gradient fill the other time. Gradient fill actually is a type of adjustment that tries to blend two images, at least two, three, four p can be blue and white, can be red and white. It can be red and can be blue and yellow. Indo and something else can be three, four, five, six, seven colors, depending on how you want to do it and interact it and blend it with another layer or another image. But usually, because you've add gradients the field and gradient map, gradient gradient, the same no, they are not the same thing. Gradient map targets the shadows in the yelights only. That is why I'm using this one color image, which is black and white. So we can see the white has the eyelights the black has the shadows. And for the ylight in photoshop. The lightness in photoshop is highlights by darkness in photoshop is called shadows. The lightness is the eyelight which is white, why the darkness is w is the shadows, which is black. So I'm going to be changing them for you to be able to see that grad map works exactly in accordance with highlights and shadows. Why grad f interact with any image you wanted to interact. It blends with it. Now we have this image, just go over to five to open. The code down, choose. We have just one card. One car we have three cards here but the I'm talking about is black and white card. Just click on open them. I'm going to cancel this for mine because I have it already. Come over here to adjustment there the graded map, see what happens. Good. Now, you can see now, what this thing is trying to portray to us is that the eye lights which is white still remains white. You can see even with the pink upon it and the pink covers the dark areas. But we can only understand it perfectly when we reverse the reverse. You can see the reverse. It's telling us that the eyelight owns the pink, why the shadows owns what owns the white. But let's use another color and see what happens. Double click. Double click on this come over and double click. Okay. Now, try to changes to what to blue and see what happens. Now, we are going to change. You can see the glue is changing. When you come over to green, you can see the green is changing. That is the green is changing in what we see as the shadows. Normally it's supposed to be eye light. But now we see the shadows as green and the eye light as white. So when you change it to any color, it changes you keep on choosing any color I prefer over here. It changes. But what I want to do now is just select click on. The leave this asset is okay. Then come over to the whites, click on the whites and change and che black, double click. For us to understand what you enjoy it. You can use any black click we the black here or or use the black Either of the two, anyone you prefer out of the two. Now Sorry. So press. You see? If it was like something like white before you can see it is, but now I'm taking it to black. Okay. What happens? I'm pressing o goood Can you see now. Now, this is telling us that words. That's the eye lights because the previous image we saw before, let me click on. Come to reverse here. Can you see now? It's it's it's let me leave it. Let me leave it like this. Okay. I leave this unchecked. I'm leaving the reverse unchecked. So come over here. So change to any color you prefer. You can see. The eye lights remains this yellowish color. Let me put it somewhere here. Yellow. Why the shadows means black. Okay. You can see. You can see what happens. You can see what happens. So it's interactory shadows. So the color that is changing is what is the eyelt shadows means what means black. But let's just click on. But I want it to be reversed. It makes sense more when this is what reverse. So check reverse and see what happens. Okay click press first. Then you can see, perfect. This is the way the car is meant to be. I'm right. Now it has reversed. This was the shadow before. This place was the shadow before, where there is light. Now it has turned back towards to the eye lights. That is where the light is. Then the blackness means what the shadow. Now, let's go over double click, then Come over, double click also, then start changing. From red, we can come to pink, any color you prefer. Just keep moving. This is the perfect theme we've been searching for. This is what we have actually wanted from the beginning. Now that we have something like this. You can actually reduce it you feel come over, stick reduce it, reduce. Not so much. Then come over again, double click. Then come over here, double click. The e one. So now what we try to understand is that the eye light is changing. While the shadows is not changing the shadows retains is dark it's darkness. While the eye lights retains difference, doesn't doesn't retain any color, but as long as the color is changing, the eyelight changes while the darkness, why the shadows, retains its shadow, it's darkness. So that's how the gradient map works. It works in line with the shadows and the yelights and the gradients feel actually works just as interacting. It's also interacting, but it's graded map interacts with the yh lights and shadows. Okay. This is the best image I can use for the eye lights and shadows created map. So this is perfect and it's okay. It's very, very okay. Let me reduce it a little bit. Oh, sorry, reduce come come also. Okay. Okay. So this is what this is perfect. So nice. So it's for this lecture. So I was seeing the net lecture, which is the which is the last adjustment layer. 41. How to change colours with Selective colours: This lecture I'm going to teach you the last adjustment layer which is selective color adjustment layer. Selective color click now select color as its name is. Now we have this as a red change. It's going to increase or decrease the CN demo. Yellow themed, yellow and black in the red we have over you. When you click and try to change, nothing changes just from there. You'll understand that there is no red in a particular area as there is. So it changes fine, Manta, okay, There's a manga at the back, At the back of the Chinese. Okay. Some yellow. Okay. Something like that. Okay. Some black. Okay. Yes, there is. So I think just check the before. What's then after something? Fine. Okay, let's reset. Let's clip on yellow. Okay. You can see at the back, at the back here where there is sunlight. That's where it's changed. That's where changes affecting any here, that is where exactly we have the yellows. Okay? Then the black. Okay. Only at the back. Okay. Then we set back to default, then greens. Okay. Nothing is changing. Even the green at the back am not changing because there isn't can in the greens. The mag, nothing changes then yellow, nothing changes, black, something changes actually. At the back, you can see, you can see a default now can changes around this place, okay. Then the mag changes around there. Yellow for the sign, the black for the sign change around. Apart from that, we have the blues data. Blue is also the similar, almost similar sign. Sadat, the lady clothes. It becomes lighter. You can see it looks good 100% There's no much yellow. Let's just leave it like this then. Okay, nice one. It's actually recreates the cloth of the lady. You can see the before. The after looks nice. I like this before. And what's the before? A very sharp kind of. Let me try to try to encourage this more like this, okay? Okay, fine. This, encourage this more. She becomes sharper to the accent. I really wanted it to be nice one, okay? Okay, so before, now, after, fine, fantastic. Very, very fantastic. You can see the before in the after, okay? The before in the after, okay. That's for the magetas, we have whites, okay? Somehow contras it, okay. Controls, not too much. Controles ate after changing the whites to the yellow, to the black, to the mage, you're actually changing in the neutral. Something like this. Okay? Everything, like almost everything changes. Okay, nice. Then we are black. Let me confuse you first. Okay, Then scroll in name space. Back then you try to say back. Then black, nij, Okay. Neck, yellow, black, then then black. That is it out to use the selective color. It select where green is and changes its increase or decrease. It selects where other colors is, the changes the other color doesn't affect every color at one selective colors. Okay. So that's for the selection. That is the end of the adjustment layer section three. Now I have assignments for you. Come over here, so you normally to your Preds for then just take A, then come over your own assignment assignment for the adjustment layer is this number for the blend mode? Actually, here for the adjustment layer we have we have six number 66, the adjustment layer section three, major adjustment layer section, adjustment layer part three, adjustment layer part three. We have the assignments, the assignment one. Okay. Sorry, I'm not going to open opening it. Mistake. Okay. Good. Very good assignment. This 12.3 What's for the adjustment layer part three? Do it. And if you have any questions, ask me and go to I'm going to reply your questions. Thank you very much. Seeing the next lecture. 42. Understanding Photoshop Camera Raw Filter: In this lecture, I'm going to teach you how to use camera. I'm going to teach you the fundamental, the fundamental and the basis of camera. Just just come over to open as you all know. Open then, sorry. Okay, good. Just go over to open the exercise file. You just come to project files, then go down where we have this camera, then open this is opened. Just just unlock this control. Where do you find camera? Camera is like an advanced. An advanced, let me say Advanced editing a edit in coal, in Photoshop itself, whereby it's even like a program on its own, like a software on its own, it like that, that is basically used by photographers to edit your photos. It more advanced, it brings about more advanced editing. It brings about more advanced, touching to your images. Just come over here to filter. Come over here to camera, okay, click it, sticks. It ties like a new interface. Okay, it's loading, loading. Then we have this. You can click, okay, we have this, just come over here to do to trouble to full screen mode, click on it. Whenever we actually, we just click on Ok. Whenever we are not interested anymore, we don't need it anymore, we just do what we can. Okay, we can sue. Now we have this. This is where we are right now. This is a normal editing surface where we going to click this mode and drag down. Okay. And also this is like an advanced. More advanced is more advanced in the camera setting. It just click on this. Okay, Der click other advanced setting. Let's look at this first to the editing. We can split the screen to a screen that has before and after we, you'll be seeing whatever the default image, how it looks like. You see it. Just click, you can see when I just try to change the temperature and you have to understand something from here, you can see, normally we have the Cole has been, you can see. But now when you put it over here, it's changed towards, it's changed to a Cors or, and whereby you can move to the left, to the right and it has an R. Okay? That's moves to the left, to the right. Okay? So now when, when you want to change this one, you don't put the coral beneath. When you put the coral beneath, you are changing it since slide, okay? But when you put the coral above, you're going to change wards. The temperature slide, okay? You have to be very carefully. You see when I Ck this, this is what is the since changing which is not supposed to be what do you do? You come over here, This is what's put before and after that. This is just like confused. Okay, Better, you press on words, sorry or better seeds. You press contest, which I just did. Now, you come over here to click Old. See as you change in this, what happens? It's showing in the after, why the before retains way. It is, okay. The beforewds retained way. It is. You want to go back? Just press and contest. Pressed on. Confused. Just click over here, then okay. There you change. You can see what is happening. It's changes here, but this one doesn't change. You can try to zoom in the two zooms in together, okay? Very perfect. You can use the space. B. Click old and drag like this. Okay? Click and drag like this. Okay? You can actually zoom in and zoom out using the ski prey on the skin mum put in. Then I think this is more perfect for us to scroll. Scroll out, okay. So it's very simple. Just like normal Photoshop things, we do a part that you can split it like this, you can make it like you can make it bigger, just like one. It's like one screen or something like this, but you can see just try to notice something that it is not really one screen. Sorry. Sorry for that. It is like splitting. Okay. I'm pressing my hands on my old key. Then using a minimal, but to scroll in. To scroll in. Okay. But just you can see on scroll out. Okay. But we don't need this, we don't want this. Just just click on this back again. Just click on this. So we have something like this also. We can use it like this for you. Come over here. Come over here, change like this, move up down. Whatever I did we've done is going to show this is the before and this is the after. Something like this also. Okay. We don't want this actually. Let's go back to the F. This is how it looks normally, naturally. So you can press on which I just did, Now press the K. This is okay, like this. Just, let's leave it like this now. Let's, let's press this. Okay. I've returned back to normal. Click on this. So I just to take, it's like the before the, after, something like that. Just like the icon we have in the layers. Okay. So this is okay and perfect. So now you just try to make the image warm. Okay. Using yellow. Okay. And also using something like get. Okay. Okay, that's for warm. But when just go back Togo, which is what, you go back to the default the way it was before. Where is that? Where is that w possible satisfy master many times change something like that. So everything he by your I say. A. So now I can just go back. So this is just going back to the default setting. Just just look at this for example. If you want to just like, oh you did the previous thing you did, you want to go back to is just country that's more preferable. This will go back to what defaults from the beginning. If, for example you've done different things, you've done this, you've done that. What do you do? Go back. That is the default setting, okay? Now this is just like everything we've learned before, like using the code color. Using the warm color. Using the code. Okay, The warm using the code. Okay, I'm not going to go into this one. It's like exposure contrast, something like that. Okay. But we don't seed that. Yeah, we've done that actually many times. Okay. So that one is just like the highlights. You just have to understand that. Let me split this way out them. Okay. Something like this. Yh light just yeah, is like adding white. White. Okay. They only the eye light will be, will be affected. That is you're making the yhlights because eye light is somewhere light in the image or shadows is somewhere dark in the image. Like you're increasing the lightness of the el, of the lightness itself. You are increasing the lightness of the lightness in the image. Okay. Why? This is you're decreasing the lightness of the lightness in the image. You're increasing the lightness of the lightness in the image, that is the yh lights. You are now decreasing the light, the lightness in the image, which is what? You're decreasing the eye lights. Okay? Okay. So let me just go back to the fault setting. Now for the shadows, you are adding white. You are decreasing the shadows. You are adding whites to the shadows. Okay? To the black to the darkness. Instead of what? Instead of adding what? More black to the shadows. Okay. More black to the shadows. Adding white to the shadows. Okay. Something like that, default setting. Now we have whites normally, just just like exposure. Okay? Expanding the white of the whites in the photo. Okay? Making it increased. Okay? Increasing the whiteness. Okay. This is decreasing the whiteness. Okay, Just come over here. What about the words adding whites to the darkness? To the black? Making it more black. Adding black to the shadows, to the blackness in the words in the images. So you can see. Okay, go back to now texture. Let's zoom in very well so that we can be able to understand what the texture actually talks about. So for the texture, it's deals with material things. It's deals with the body structure, The way the body is, is being created and different materials we have. It's going to make it more clear. Something like that. Okay, so you can see. Let's try to zoom in using O. You can see, you can see before very smooth, very smooth. But you can see after it's becoming rough, very, very clear. Making sure that this is like what texture. You can see this one, this one doesn't even look real at all. This looks real. This doesn't look real. Is it has been washed? Is that increasing the texture? You can see the increasing texture gradually, gradually, gradually, okay. So now that you can see the before and what's in the after, this looks smooth and this looks rough making it much. Even if you want to add a texture, don't make it too much. Just just just is okay. Okay. This looks fake. Just is okay. Something like this. Okay. I'm fine. Clarity is just like me making the picture more clear. Too much. I'm making it clear. Making it fake. Just try to distract. I think this should be okay. Also is just something that makes it clear also. Okay. But in making the lightness, lighting areas, okay, And it looks like you having wrinkles just like becoming old or something. Just click, drag this. So shouldn't be too much. Just leave it at something like minus three. Let's just say this is five, it's okay. It's just click like this. Okay. So there is a little adjustment before then. What's the after it's okay, it's fine. This virus and saturation, those are the main things we should actually understand in this particular aspect. The Ce details, color mix are collaborating. Okay, fine. So let's come over to effects now. Effects is just like the norms when we're designing the form projects like when we designed the watch and we designed the luxury J life, the car, we designed something like that. Try zooming in. Let's come over, let's try to zoom in, okay. So when you use the grain, just click there, you can see what happens. It becomes like you, just like we did before. But when you use it too much, it's not okay. Just price to reduce, the strikes to reduce. Just to reduce, Okay. But not too much. It should be okay. You should, this is the before and what's in the after? Before the after. Perfect. Perfect. This actually would make the image actually look like the grain but a little It is okay. Packet. Just try to drag up and, wow, I think we'll lose detail in the end over here. So just trying, reducing this. Awesome. We can actually come up here, click on the basis. Okay, reducing the clarity. Okay. And the texture mustn't look fake, but at least. Okay. It's okay. It's fine. That's fine. Just control zero now I think. Let's just, let's just increase, let's decrease the hyh lights, but increase the shadows. Okay, let's make the shadows more blacker or something like that. Okay, we have the before then. What's the after? Okay, contrast increase The contrast. Okay, good. So increase. I don't want to be, I just like warm colors. I don't like W colors to that extent. Okay, let me try using the cool color. It's nice before and what's in the after the final is warm color. See what happens. Okay. Nice. That is okay. That's perfect. Before and the after. I want to use Ozmo after. Very perfect. Now we can come to the like something like the advanced setting until it's like adaptive. Have an image, okay, That has an te eyebrow and the light it actually affects. But we have something like that over here for the type, for the subjects. Okay, This is just like what we are right now. So click on Pop. Without clicking on pop. Over and over, things we have over here, it shows in real time, something like that. Vibrant glow. Okay. Something easy. It's gluing, Vibrantlowk, something like that. Then apart from that we have, we have tons a lot portrait, deepsk about the skin portray black and white. Let's look at black and white. Let's see what happens. Okay? Something like this. Okay. No, like sepia, something like that. It depends on what you want, how well you feel the photo should be. If you wanted a black and white, find out is not a problem. That is not. Republic can select flect, selecting and using it to make the image perfect. Perfect. I like this. Looks nice. You can just on scoring down, you have Video Creative, Let's. So here we can see Creative just over it. Just see how perfect. Just zooming over here. Okay. Yes. Clicked Ksk works and zoom in. Okay, Zoom in and use the space bar. Okay, Just over. All right. You can see, you can see okay. Sorts missed vintage instance one, contrast flat and green. So much loved. This looks super cool. Okay. Aged photo, just like vintage, retro all things, photos are not coming up. The pictures, the color, the color correction is not perfect, the colors are not coming up perfected. The Wyman, I love this also. This is the basis of, these are the basis of camera camera filter. Which is just like a more advanced way of photo, like coming into another world to change things, to manipulate, to edit images. It's very power. This is just a fundamental basis of how to use Camero to improve whatever you're doing as a graphic designer designer, a photographer, a web designer and design. A visual designer as a just come back end. Come over here which, okay. Okay. Okay. Okay, so then comes to basis. It is like the normal beginning of everything. Fine, I'll see you in the next video. We're talking about, we're talking about the filter gallery, also found in the filter. The. 43. Understanding Photoshop Filter Gallery: In this lecture, I'm going to be teaching you how to use the filter gallery. Just come over the filter. Okay, here we are in filter. Now, what you select the filter galleries just like camera robots, this actually talks about arts. Mostly you can come here, try to decrease it like 6% o 6% on something apart from better than 6% hundred. I think 100 was more this area. Let's say 12% still smaller. Just use the old ski and just zooming. That's okay for you. For all of us. The both of us. For the both of us. These are where the editing tools are. You can just click on this just over over it or just click when you click it shows the effect. How it's going to look like our artistic. It's going to look like just something like that. It's actually, it's loading over here. You can see it's loading down here. It's loading. Can see how it is you want like everything actually because shop has it as a process for youth, wants it to look like something like that. Just click on anyone you prefer, something like that. And choose. Okay. It's yours. You're okay by to press. Okay. Even okay by. You just need to press cans, something like this. Also plastic. Nice one. We have something like this, Rough Patlsjt, like you blurring something We have under painting sold, held here. Now we'll probably just come to brust, try to collapse back, expanded assented edges. Something like this. It's recognizes the edges and do something to it. Just try everything. This cross cross arch, something like this. Your arm is very much like you have a very high arm. It's very fast compared to my own. Have eight gig. I have eight gig gram on my system. So something like the ink outlines something like this. We have this also nice one. We have something like this also. See? Yes, Look at this one, nice one. There's some nice effect that the computer generates for you. Something like that. We have like charcoal here. Let me try to collapse this too. We have like chalk and charcoal. Nice One charcoal look nice. And good. Water paper. Okay, let's look at another one tone photocopy paper. Nice graphic spin. Wow, I love this graphic spin. It looks like a graphic spine looks good. Okay. Edge stamp, nice one. Let's one else which is on this style, stylized glowing edge, Perfect. Perfect, Like this. Looks good. Let's go to texture Fody just comes to green, nice towels. Just like towel. Okay, that's nice patchwork. Okay, stained glass. Then what's texture? You can just choose one. I think I like the one which is the glowing edges. I like the graphics pain like the graph graphics pinholet me look at the glowing edges and find neither. I think I like the graphics pin more better. It gives me joy. I think you can actually just come over, try to increase how it is or try to try to decrease how it is by the exposure of the orange is watch or decreased. Or the exposure whereby when we increase the exposure of the orange. Okay. The black is reserved. Okay. It's been reserved. When we increase, when we put it over here, when we draw the slide over here, the blackness takes over everything. Just make it moderate. It's okay. The weight is in default. And apart from that we have the stroke length, we have the word. We have the stroke length. Just like how, how big the strokes are. Because it's just like the strokes, how things are being drawn. So how large they are, how visible the strokes are. Okay, like when you increase and increase it to show more, more separation of the pot pixels. Let's try to zoom in and see what happens. Let's look at the ground floor. Okay? More separation, more spaces between the photos. You can see it's reducing. You can see it's, it's reducing draws. You can see how you can see. Let's, let me try it again. You can see the very tiny hole, but now it's the holes are how big the separation between the pixels and how much and it's perfect like it's, it's fine. Just press control after it's finished loading again. Sorry, not again. Just just press onwards. Just press control zero, then words, then. Okay, so now I have my image and it's, it's perfect. Perfect, nice one using space bar. Nice one. Nice one. Packet. Nice one. Nice one. I so much love this. I so much love this. Oh, sorry. I contradic Leo. Okay, camera. Okay, so just read that. Is it for this tutorial? We can see how perfect, how good, how nice it is. That is it for this tutorial. For this lecture. I'll see in the next section where we talk, we talk about what you call for it to be able to see the before or after. Okay, can actually just come over to come over to the gallery if we have something like this. And what do you do? Redo gallery, just like it's on the fu gallery. You can see stress. See how this looks like. Just come over here, Red gallery gallery and what's reduced fields that are very perfect. I see in the next section we're talking about using the blend. Were going to be blending texts with images we have with images background and the likes we have. We're going to enjoy I'll see in the next tutorial. Next lecture. 44. Blending text on materials: Lecture. We're going to be learning how to blend texts on materials, on texts, on different things, on bricks, on water, on iron, on metals, on wood, and things like that. How to actually do that. Come to five, okay, Come to open. When you open, come to were just come down, okay. Click on this nine control. Click. Click. Click on this, click. Click on this. Now, this, now the next lecture, we have this three. Now, just come over here and select Open. Now open. It's open. It's, we have this. Perfect. Let's start this. Just control zero, then come over to come over to the text. To click on the text. Okay, come over here and click. Click. Click enable. Your caps lo vi, vi, something is fading area. That's like something on a chip, right? I've clicked that. It's still showing this course. You just come over to the move to that's fine and perfect. What you do, you press on control and try to try to enlarge. I'm just pressing this like this. If you on is not corresponding way press on ships, it would actually do something perfect. But right now I'm just press on ship. Just now, I'm not using sheets to increase or decrease. It's very easy for me without the sheets. Some programs are not going to work like that. Probably just click and work and drag it out like this, just to the middle. Something like this. And what you call the fonts I'm using, if you want to know, it's actually just come over here. This is the paramater character Windows. Okay. So you click on this, but if you don't have it, just comes to Windows. Come over where, Come to where, Come to character, then click on character. It pops out. Then what I'm using, MDBT, It has been attached to the file. To the files, you download it. Let me check this first. Come to file, come to open. You should have installed the fonts. Okay, we have Futura. Md is MDBTMDBTya. You can choose anyone you prefer. I think I'm using the board Italy, The bold, italic. What do I do? I click here, press on control. Then what? I rotate, I try to rotate the check it, zoom in. What do I do? How do I achieve that? Fine, blending on anything on a fabric first. What do I do? I select this, selected. You come over here. Don't come over here. Okay, you come over here. Even if you come over here, fine, that's not a problem. Just come over here, then right click. When you write what happens, it shows different options. Then you select the blending options, then you click perfect. Just come over here. You can just bring, okay, let me cancel out. Okay, space bar, then try to bring it somewhere. Okay, then this. Okay, so then right click onwards, then press onwards the blending option. Select the blending option that's been selected, then come over. Now this is where all the fine editing happens. You can see the current layer here. We're not going to use this. This only affects the current layer. Click like this and something like this. Click this, something like this. Okay, it's disappears. Nothing good is happening. We are using what the underlying layer, because the current layer is, we're not affecting this. We want to blend with this. We're going to make sure it is blending the background layer. We're going to use the underlying layer slide. The current layer slide. Just come over here. Now we can click over here. That is what you click old and what you can see, what is happening. You can see it's fading away. It's making sure that the blackness and what's in that underlying image, which is, which is the fabric is showing. We're seeing it. That is so far the blackness is showing. They want the text on top which is, which is at the right spot where the shadows is showing the blackness, the depth of the fabric is showing disappears the blackness of Darkness, the shadows, the darkness of the material shows up. So far, we are what we are burning somewhere. Okay. Now, also for this site, the lightness, which is the eye lights of the words of the clothes shows wherever the highlights is. Okay? Now, but what we need here is what is basically the shadows. Just there's no one we can choose. We can choose the lightness of the shadows, but basically we choose the shadows. In most times we just come over here, then we have what is happening, what do we do, what is happening? Then you do what? You press on, she, you press on, then come over here and choose this. This thing is divided into two. But when you press on out, when you press out, then it's able to split and more advanced setting, more advanced editing app, you press on the out, then choose this. Don't choose this other, just choose this up. You can choose any of the two, okay? But just choose this one. Then words, click, hold, and drag the move it like this, you can see what is happening. It's fading away. It's blending with words, with the fabric. Just keep it up the extent you just want to. You can take your hand from the odds now. Okay. Just think this. Should I increase it more? Do this. Okay. You can see it's vanishing truly, truly. It's seriously increases. L just Right, it increases. Just bring it back. It should be too much. Just bring it back. Okay, perfect. If you like, you can actually bring over this one. Also do something to it like something like this. But not much effort will happen, but we use the black side. Mostly my system is running, it's running low. Okay, you can press on O and click this and this. Okay, Nothing more to happen because we effected this already and it's perfect and okay. Just click on what? Click on Okay. You can now zero. Then what? You can zoom in, press and what? Try zooming in what happens before. And this is the after perfect. You can even hold and okay. You can put it anywhere you prefer, just you can see just anywhere you prefer. Anywhere you prefer, you can just try zooming in and see what happens. You can see how it is matching. You can see how it is matching with the clothes. You can see how it is matching with the clothes very, very perfect. If I try to make sure that I bring this one like this, bring it over here somewhere like this, you can see how is matching with the clothes. And it's blending perfectly. Blending perfectly. Blending perfectly, That is how it that is blend it. Okay. So I'm going to use this also to blend. I'm going to blend that test with the other tests. Yeah. So for this actually, this is the way it is and it's perfect. I saw so much like it like this, this is the before and this is what's the after. Very perfectly, okay. I think placing it around here, you can see the V shows very well. It shows properly. So placing it somewhere around there, so it shows perfectly. Because it's like the V is not showing. The V from the vanishing itself, not showing. Just come over right, the blend option again, just try to bot and Okay, something like this. Okay, so, so bring this one. Okay, fine. That's good. So just Okay, it's perfect. Good, That's good. Okay. Okay, so they are like before, like that. Before and what's and after. Before and what's, so we can actually somewhere else before and the after perfect, this God, that's perfect enough, we can actually reduce its coming to opacity. So you can see very perfect. Perfect. Anyway, it suits a perfect. That's why we can actually go back to the before and the after. The before and the after. Good. You can put it somewhere before. And now let's come over here to the next, which is Nine Blend. Also, let's try to hold out the zoom out. You can just come over here. This layer here, this text layer. Just click on Select. Then what you control that is your copy. You can see it's loading. Come over here and what you control over here and what it's paste. It's now pre contre transform. You click here, all the o drag it out. Just drag. Okay, so try to just try to drag it up in case. Okay, sorry. Let's try to increase, let's still increase it more and more, I think. Let's increase it more pain. Okay, so just check it over it. So let's try to make it align. I think it's aligned horizontally. So let's look at the vertical aspects. I think now as you can see the lines, like a purple lines showing right now, let's try to change the blend mode here. Let's zoom out exhibits the use the space bar eight, right clip over here. What's blending option? Now we have that come over here. I think I should reduce this. Let me consider this then have to reduce it to space. Come over here, blend mode. Okay, so now, so try to use this. Okay, I think it's now blending. Yeah, it's now blending more than what it was before. Okay, something like this. It's now closed back. But what else? Back spread on the, and try to reduce it again. Okay, I think that's fitted, shouldn't be. Just try to reduce this back so we can get back those spots vanishing those pieces. Try to drag it out. You can see now it's blending with the wood vanishing. I think it's okay. Like this. I want to make it white. Let it fit better with the wood. Just try. Okay. So that's good control there. Let's see what happens. Try to zoom. Can see, going to put some way, you can see, perfect, perfect, something like this as before. And what's the after Before and the after you can trust, just bring something like this around. You see it's really fading and fitting to bring something around there. You see in between the woods, can see in between. In between the woods just before what's after. Let me try to probably increase the whiteness or something like that then let's bring it over here, increase the whiteness. Something like that. I think it's okay we have before. Something like this. This perfect control zero. Very, very, just like coming over here. Let's see this, Let's write take on this, okay? Okay, something like this. Okay? Just blend you, okay, nice. That's good. Okay, so it's just like the more you do eat, the more easy it's just. Try to make sure it's perfect to the extent you want it to let blend perfectly where you want it to blended with. That should be good. That's okay. That's fine. I think we blend too much. That's okay. That's okay. Fine. Coming over here, fine. We are treated the best we have to do here. Just copy this also. Then come over here in body because my arms that's that's huge or something like that. Then control what's happening. So contra and control. Okay, tras over. Okay. Okay, good. So now the problem we via is that we've been able to drag this too much to the extent we want to drag. Okay. Something like this. I try to reduce it to blend it more. Sir, take this one. Let me try zooming. Okay. Okay, make sure bringing it off to so this is not really showing perfectly because the white is too much and we're reducing the dark areas. We're reusing the dark area so it's resin dark area. We're not really reducing the light area except we're going to reduce the light areas also something like that, but it's not reflecting over here to that extent. Okay. So the best thing we can do now is just let's come over here. Okay, Click we have this, try to vanish those places, then come over, think the whites, try to vanish those white areas. Also, we would have problem with it, we shouldn't use that side. Let's try to draw it down. I think the space is okay. Just just press right, look on it and just come over here. Okay, so good. Let's try. Has actually disappeared more than expected. The white areas. Okay, I think it should be okay, at least for the metal. Okay. Because the metal is too white. It's as white areas more than we expect. So let's leave it let's leave it that it's okay. It's fine. It's good. Its good. Sorry. That's fine. That's okay. So now we have this. We have this perfect, we can decide to use the text again, type vanishing, and use a black color. And try to blend it on this can use can as an assignment, change it to a black color and try to blend it. Because right now when I click on this and come over text, this is very characterized. And change it to blacks only. Just start going back to change anything, Just come over here. It's like, let's use this over this work perfectly. Then press on odds, try to check, sorry. Press on odds. Sorry for that, press on odds, what's wrong? Press on. Try to click. And you can see something like this. So I'm coming. Let me try to, let me try to reduce it. Move a scenario focusing more on the white path because it's too much. White is too much. So you click hold and neck. So then, okay, nothing happens here when I bring this ideas, all this. So we're targeting the white spaces now. I think it's okay. This Alkyl. What happens does look good. Not really. I'm going to try to reduce something like that. So right click blending options. Uh huh. Yeah, I think this is perfect. At least it's perfect like this. So just to try, you can see, okay, nice vanishing, vanishing, perfect, perfect. So just like As. Okay, okay. Okay, let's try dip. Just trying to make, make sure it's blending Woodsman blended. So I think we need to make it clear and is should at least show some, so show. Okay, good. Then they tried to bring this. Okay. Oh, sorry, trying to try to confuse it back. So you should be here. Okay, good. So the That's okay. That's fine. Perfect. I like It's my It's okay. It's fine. That's good. You can try to changes to black on your own and see what happens to it so that we've been able to complete the blend. There is an assignment for you in the exercise. Let's come over it. Nine, talking about nine. So this is the first one, is the second one, you should work on it. You can use white texture, you can use white also, or use white and black over end. That's the exercise for you. That's the assignment. Like this I see in the net net section, because we're going to a new section, I'll see in the next section. 45. Blending text on material and nature: In this lecture, I'm going to be teaching you. Firstly using the vanishing point to create something nice on the material, on the texture. Then we'll work with the blend blend If editing section, something like that. Come over to come over to open, then go down this exercise. Let's come to blend mode. Come to your credit. Then we have this, just click on the first one, the press and come to the click on this. Then the press open. Perfect. So this is the first one I want to do. First I want to use, now I want to teach you how to blend using the vanishing point. Because this is, this is three D or something, it's not flat to that extent, it's in three D form. We have to use something that is in three for some three D that would help us in achieving our results. First, just first then write a test. We need to write the normal test. Rex is vanishing test the text vanishing also. As I used before, just check it, the rule about as much as possible to make your text very big. Because when we going to the vanishing points ish points area, okay, there a problem. If it's too big, you just have to make it small. Like this is o, it's Persa. Make sure you follow my process because if you're following the process, any mistake in the steps going to miss whatever I'm doing caput anyway to make a mistake. Okay, Let's say just put down, you find no problem. Put it up here, because this one I'm going to put division points. So I want to put it up here. So good. Now the next step is that what you're going to come over here, not yet, to write, click here, okay. You're going to write click here. Just write click select pixels. You can see what happened. You can see what's happening. Okay. Because now you've selected that pixel. You can remember when we use the selection to use the quick selection, to the magic one, to the likes, this is how it works. Something like this, you can see it's now selected. Then what do you do? You present what? Control C. Okay, control that is, you've copied this and we have to paste it. But hold on, pasting. Try to make this invisible on this. But when you make this visible, it's still showing the, it's still showing the selection lines. Just come the select. And what's the select? That's the step. What is the next thing? The next comes filter. When you come the filter comp, filter, you create a new layer. Because whatever we're doing, we're creating a new layer. The vanishing point will be on a new layer, but effects will be on a new layer. When we are blending it, then everything goes underneath there. Now you create a new layer over here, comes to filter. Okay, Then you come towards vanishing points. Now it's like when the new world, you can see the coral over here. You try to create something like a three D. So you want to be is where you want it to be. So I'm going to click over here, the saying a blue line. It's telling you what is a green flag. Everything is going normal as it's meant to go. You click there. And also what's? Click here. Something a blue line. Most times when you see a red line, let me try to distort to summary. You can see the red line. It's telling you it's not correct. If you drop it, it's not going to have any effect. It's not correct. Just try to make sure you're doing what you're you're doing it whenever you want to drop it. To make sure the bueno can drop it like this, I have to adjust again. It has been adjusted fine. You can drop it. Okay, drop. What do you do now? You press on Words Control. You can see I press control and what the vanishing is already. Okay, just click it. Old, drag it. Just see what happens when you drag it into that demarcation line, into that place. Selected. Just can you see what happens? Perfect can see what happens. It's very perfect. Just place it in the words, press and control then click over, click, hold and drag this. Then press Word sheet's going to spread. If you want to make sure it's going left, right, just as you odd, just move the cos to the right and it's okay if you want to, if you want it to be tall, just go down. Okay, Keep going down. Make sure Alg in together. Go to the left move, move down, move up, move to the left, move to the right. Okay. You prefer? Just make sure it's showing the wait mean to show. Okay. So I think so, I'm dropping it, vanishing. I think it's showing the wait mean to show. Just click wood and drug. Okay, I think it's showing the wait means shoe click wood and drug. Let's try to size it very well. Okay, I think that's it. That's perfect. Just come over, you click on, Okay. I don't think this will work anyhow, so fine to actually go over, just click wood and drug like this. And let's see what happens. Okay, it's not working like that. So let's contrast 1.2 Fine, we have this already. Then works. Then select okay, Then takes us back to the world. Now we can click on this and drag any want just contra transform. Just click here, Sheets and try to adjust this. Try to move it forward. I think it's to be, just try to re, reduce, reduce it. Just experiment something contra click on this dot to let a problem just leave it like this, okay? Present, making it bigger. Okay? That's good. Nice. And just check vanishing. That is a nice one. Now what do we do? We go back to what we write. Click on this, the Lend In Option. We're going to blend it together. Just click something like this. It goes away. The present control present. Try to split this. We see what happens. I think it's okay. Alleges Okay. That increase this. Alison's vanishing. Everything is as vanishing. Okay. Just try. Okay. Okay. So you click. I mean, this more like more and more invisibilities, Fridays, okay. Okay, I'm the present o stay. It's actually too much. Too much. Something like that. So much. Okay. Then less present. Okay. Let's zoom in. Zoom. Okay. So that's the Sells blended Ls blended perfectly. It's blended like the before. Andardsf blended perfectly. It's blended perfectly like before and wards and after. Before and wards and after. Very, very perfect. Before then, after signaling there trying to like do more. I just needs on this. Okay's. All go. Not something, something at least. Okay, all's come away. Gonna go back at T. That's the white area alone. Okay. Let's the one that works for us perfectly there. Just stretch. Okay. Okay, perfect. Then T's Stret bring. Because we need to blend it perfectly. Whatever we want to blend it with with rather gradual step. Okay, sorry. So just let gradual stop very perfectly. Just control. Sorry. Contr has really faded away. Sorry for that. Let me try to adjust some way. Yeah, it is okay. This is okay. Perfect. It's okay. M perfect. I smart, love this. It's okay. Fine. And perfect. Sorry before and wdaterfodsafter. It's perfect. It's nice. So I can actually move. It's anywhere I want any now. Don't love this. Won't love this now I want it. I wouldn't love this anywhere. I prefer it should be. So contracts somewhere around you just It's fine. It's good. It's okay. So I think present A is better. That's good. Nice. Apart from that, we have, we have this also and this will take some time. Okay, let's do it doesn't follows with. I'm going to write a new text. This will be a different text because we're talking about ocean. Let's say Oceanos. Okay. So try to come over here. Pos control. Okay. Let me compose it. Try to delete this away. Okay. No. Stephen A good sorry. So first, stay, try to something like this. Perfect. Just some nice effect. Something like that. Okay, good. Try to mark its end. Let you come over and Italy justice. It's okay. It's okay. It's fine. It's fine like that. So just come to control again. Try to increase increase stretch, please. Okay. So a little bit too much. Let's use beach waves, not ocean waves. Beach waves, okay. Beach waves, beach, good. Nice. I cannot like this beach wave. Ocean waves, nice. Good. This look more perp, okay? And what are we doing now? Try to blend together with what we're doing. Control the click on the blend options were vanishing point over here. Not at all. No vanishing, nothing. Nothing vanishing, nothing. Just try to strike. You can see going down just in case there are some changes here already. You can see just press on out and drag the site. You can see perfect. Just like, you know, seamless transmission. Sorry, just close back. So out. No, no, contrave it. Uh huh. So that's the odds. Try bring about a seamless transmission or something like that. Straight. Bring this back at least. Okay. No I should concern with this. Something like this, something like this, something like this. It's okay. I'm perfect, just present. Okay. I think I should reduce this, Sam then right again. Then come over here. I think I'm through with using this black side, but I think this white side should be used also. Okay for more effects. You can see, you can see the waves say's going good. I want to create such an effect. Good looking effect. No looking changes. You can see changes, you can see press. When I press on for this, it's even increases more. I think this is perfect and nice. I can just try to see good. I want something very perfect like this. Something very, very okay. Just over. Okay. Very, very perfect. Very, very much, very, very perfect. So just listen for me, okay? I think that's okay. Okay. It means getting too much. Getting too much. Okay. Just Grado bus is okay. In presents, bus is okay. Present. Okay. Sorry, sorry, sorry, corridor, Sorry for the shop. So o presents. Try to us splash very beautiful change This also See, can see something like this is. Let's try to increase this. See. Don't want to make it very close to just make it taking away perfect. Very perfect. So that we have something like this. Very perfect. It's so sorry for that. So it's showing whatever I wanted to show in this is very perfect. Just like saying seamless transition. Okay. Just like saying it. Seamless transition. Very perfect. So just okay, let's, let's try to just like a splash. Very, very perfect. Everybody will notice. Everybody will. Sorry for the mike. Everybody will notice an a double. So this is nice and perfect. This is good. Just to confer, we have this before, before, after, before and after. So we can just clip over, come over the before end. Perfect. Here, before ends, we can just come over and just contro, try to try to reduce it opacity. You can see, you can see it's just coming gradually get hundred five. But I think we should reduce blend more better. Before and the after. The before. And what's the after? The before and the after? Perfect. Very, very perfect. So this is nice. So I can actually change it wherever I want to change. Like bring it over a year, bring it over a down year, somewhere like this. Okay. Some were like this, you know, somewhere I prefer. Okay. It's fine. Let me just it and fix it where it's meant to be. We have this now before. Very perfect. Very perfect before and what thereafter. So this is, this is it for the, for the last tutor year under the blend. If I'll see in this section, we're talking about more advanced editing stuffs in Photoshop as hat. Okay, so that is it I'll see in section. 46. How to create a beam light from a car: Tutorial, we're going to be making a beam light. Creating a beam light out of the full light of a car. It's perfect, just like we selecting a particular area and using the hue saturation. But when using the saturation, we use the brightness contrast contrast adjustment layer. Just come over here. So you can choose on the lasso to very, very fast, it's showing this courser because my caps lock is on. Just release the cap slop. Good, that's nice. You can click over here. Click over as I've said, what's wrong? Oh, sorry we isn't, that's a mistake. Why isn't the coli last a tour? So you click once then try to like the way you think the full lights of a car should be. Okay. Just just come over somewhere like this then. No back space. Back space, okay. Should be somewhere like this then I think, okay, let me so I think come over, I think a house or something like this. Okay. Let me just come away and close. You can see where you zoom in Pre, can zoom in Selt, cosoenI'mlmot. At that point there is a particular zero shoes. You can see what you press telling it's going to close. Then what happens? It's closed. Now you can see the selection of the ants walking blast is actually happens contra what do you do? You come over to the meter just like you picking his Stration'reingick station. We're going to pick the brightness and contrast. Click. It happens. You can see where the white shows is the only place that is going to be affected, the visible place. Why the black is where it, why the black is the area that will be affected. In this image, you can click on the contrast and try to increase. But no, when I'm using the contrast, what using the brightness. So click on it and what increase you can see. Just like a full light, but it's just like a beam light circle. And that's what I achieve. The beam light. That's good. We can try to reduce and give me too too much of light. But let's leave it like this and come over to filter. Then go back towards blow towards Gaussian blow click, you can see very perfect. You can reduce it to any extent we want to reduce the anormal percentages, just try to increase and see whenever that's straight lines, those two straight power lines try to change. Try to get themselves exposed like it's separating or something like that and you're achieving what you meant to achieve. Okay. Heights changing from the 20. It's changing. Nice. I think this should be okay. This is okay. 55 is okay. This is before. And wards in the after perfect, you can just come over to part and try to reduce want to reduce the light. It's too much. Something like. It's okay, it's fine. But I think I like the D's perfect and nice. Now, apart from that, we still on the polygonal, polygonal lasso to, sorry, let me try to come inwards, make it invisibles before and wards the after. Just like. It looks really perfect. Just like before. And what's the after over before? And what a very perfect. I so much love it. Okay, before. And what's very perfect? Perfect. We sit on the polygonal lasso. Okay, let's roll over here. Also make it visible. You can see what to do, just like this. I don't, I don't want to convince each other or something like that, so just come over here and okay, let me out the back pace. I think something else should be okay. This should be okay. Fine. Then come over, come over here, then try to close. Okay, What do you do? You create another brightness contrast adjustment layer. Fine. Then try trying to increase. Nice one. What do you do? You come to the filter also, then what's blown? Then click on it. Fine. You can try to decrease, but I think it's perfect when they are the same thing. A. Just very much Even if you increase it Las okay. You see it's no? No. Okay. It's going to work sets before and what after much. We don't want something like this. Contra. Okay. We don't want something Contras. Contra. Okay. Let's go back and use the number one which was like 55 some 10% Oh, very bad. I think we used 55 the last time for that. Yes. Is it showing the waiting to show. Okay. Okay. Now, click and drag down the before. And what's after? The before and what's the after? Very, very perfect. So I think, let me reduce this. Let me try to blow this more. Let me blow this more. What happened? Blow. Okay, good blow, blow. Okay. So let me try to blow this more, I think. Yeah, I think it's okay. Like this to this is the before and wards. And the perfect. We have the before and perfect. Let's just come away and see what happens before, before the perfect. Before and the after. Perfect. Contra zero, before and the after, before. Then after, the before end, the very perfectly, just like perfect perfect. Let's move to the next one. After this one, we have something else which is very much similar to this, but more advanced than this. Actually. We can come over here and change color lookup. The color lookup should be like what? Sunset, sunset. Sunsets, perfect. Let me bring it down. I don't want to affect, I want to affect what I did, just like something like before and what pet, not perfect enough for me. I think the sunset will do it better. The moon light will do it better. Now we have the before and what's now after. Nice. Looks good. Looks good. I think this was reduced. This was okay. None was reduced. So I could it. Okay. We have the before and what's the after? Perfect. Oh, let me try to reduce the blowness of this. Because she blow or try to increase. Nothing is up. What's wrong? No, something is wrong. Okay. Come watch a filter blow, then go show blow, okay? Okay. Oh, got you. So no, I think there is something wrong with concerning this. You know what I'm going to do. Let me delete this, then do it again. So let me come over here. So I shouldn't do it too much. Let me just do it very, very small one, not too much. Okay. Then we have something like this, close we have the brightness and contrast, the treat increase. Good. Try blows blocky present. Okay, let's see what happens. Okay, good. Now we have with us normal one. Then blow, come over to the question. Blow once again then try to like change things. Is my system getting slow again? Okay. So it's going to, it's fading a little by, I think this is okay. So let's allow it to go too much or to do more than this don't really show to that extent. So I wanted to show like something is happening, something is showing outside. That's good before. And what's the after? Let me try to blow it more. One has to be very careful with whatever one is doing. Just try to blow it more. What's happening in this select? Forgot I have to select this layer mask. Then we're selecting it, not happen. So that is the go blow. Try to increase this a little bit. Good. Okay, that's okay. So now click on this, click, wooden drag down that before. And what the perfect easy before. What's the after? We did like this, try to close everything before. And what this is, what's the after? Let me try zooming in. Now we have, let me try to reduce this. That's wrong. Let me now. Before, very perfect. Before onwards, the perfect out before the perfect. Let me come over once again. The before, after, the after, all the before words and after perfect. Let, let me try the latent sunset, also perfect before the perfect perfect that we have. Another one we're going to look into that is also more advanced than I'll see in the nest lecture, under the same section in the form project section. 47. How to turn daylight to nightfall: In this lecture, we're going to learn how to make the sunny day, the sunny light reflecting the kitchen. The sunny day to be what? Like in the night? We're going to change it to the night period, like the night hours. So now just try to unlock this. Perfect. Then come over to A, We're going to get the image. Just come over to file open, then scroll down. Okay, then you have just click and open. Very perfect. Good. Now we have this. First I'm going to change towards, I'm going to change this. I'm going to use a color look up. Okay, fine. Just drag it over here. I'm going to change it. I can change the Sunset P just like the before going to use the light the light before the after reason. I want to make the lights. I want to make the light shine on the kitchen surface. Just come over here, use the space, but try to try to drive up. Okay, good. Right here. Now we're going to select this ball. Okay? Then after selecting with the pin tool, we're going to paint on it using the brush tool. Okay, This is exactly entirely different from the way we've been doing it before. Then after that, we blend it and achieve our results very, very simple. I'm going to use the pin to start selecting. But before I do that, before I do that, now what I'm going to do is I'm going to create a new layer. Now creating on this new layer, I'm going to start select and start cutting. So come over towards To the pain, to click on the pain, to then try to zoom in. Sorry, I was present on something else, so try to click on this, then come over the. Okay, Perfect. No, no, Let me try this. Okay. Okay, good. But I want to move. Okay, then I don't do that. Is perfect enough. Good. Nice one. Then come back and use the old ski to lend something. Okay, good. So okay, something like this. Very, very perfect. So Olin this fine. So that's good. Let me try using it down. Good and perfect. Okay, all come back perfect. This is very, very perfect and good. I so much love this. So now we have this. What do we do? We click on the pin to the move to. Then we can't just come over and try, try to select somewhere you've selected, but it is not showing those an moving stops, you come over to path path, we have Parlayi. Selection shows in the path. We have this now, then you can actually write click on this. Okay, fine, it's not working. Or do you do limited shot press control. Then then click on this play. What the selection shows. It shows here, see it's moving already. Now we have, we can just come over to layer. Let's come over here, come here then he saturation adjustment layer bad. Then start changing. Something, changing like this. Or if possible something like this. It's not something that is not showing under, it's not showing why. Because the color lock up is affecting. The color lock up is above every layer. It's affecting what do I do? You come here quick. Come over here and bring it. It's only going to affect the image, but not the selection made and not the hue saturation. Bring it, you can see. Let me click, let me go back here. You can see that. Okay, sorry. Let me come over here. You can see, you can see what is happening. But I'm not going to use a few saturation. I just click old and drug, drug down. I'm not going to use it. I'm going to use something different and perfect I want to use. Come over here, come back to pattern, then click. And let's click Layers. What you're going to use? I want to use the brush to paint over. Another step, this is another way of doing things to paint over. For example, just click over here. We have green, for example. Okay, then what you try to paint, you just strike to paint and tries perfect. It paints perfect countries. The reason why it is just painting around this s is what, you've selected it already. It shots, That's it. I want this color. I want the color of lightness, of light. Just say like that. Like an orange color, Yellow color or red color. So I think is this orange enough? So what do we do? We click over something like this. That's going to perfect. We click like this and we got a picture. That's it. So now we have this. What do we do? A natural, not good enough. What do we do? We come over here, natural, the blend, and use the perfect one, which you see would make our design look good. Look at screen, look at everything. Just look at how everything is. But they are perfect for whatever it wants. What do we do? We click Select Color. Okay. Just conte something like that. You can see the acts stuff as still moving around it. Present, select what do you come to come to the try, you come to select the word select perfect. You can see it just like a light from there. But want make it more perfect. Perfect. How do we do we try to use that. The polygons which we use during, when we created a beam for the A lights, which we did in the past. In the last tutorial video, just click on this, the words, the, and then like this, Something like this, I think. Okay, No, te joy. No, just park space down. Okay, Just something like this. Okay, let me praise, meaning sometimes it is. Okay. Wow, back space. I thought I was actually getting to the extent I was supposed to get to. Wow problem problems can be moved up later. A problem, I can move it up later so just con, you can see the direction the lights can see. Okay, good. Now we use was he saturation? I just layer perfect. But before we do that, before we do that, what we should have done from the first instance is that we create a new layer and make sure this selection is on a new layer. Okay, it's more preferable, We'll do that. Okay, not in other have any problem with anything we're doing. I will try as much as possible. Create any layer. Come over to select, let's select, sorry for that. They will create a new layer. Creates new. Then after creating new, let's go back again. Just be very fast. Don't worry very fast. Just come over how to select very perfect right now. Set the zoom, zoom out, what do we do? Something like this. Then come down, then let's close. Okay, good. That's nice. Then zoom in, then we close. Very perfect. What happens then Contee, starting on the stop. Moving in the lights. Fine. That's good. That's nice. What do we do? We click on the satration adjustment. Perfect. You can see the white space, the white areas telling us this is the only place whenever you're changing this hue saturation. I said hue saturation. Sorry, brightness, sorry. Whenever we're changing the brightness of the e saturation, what happens? This only white area works, is affected. No other areas works. No other areas affected. Oh, sorry. Let me pick this away. Showing some colors. We, it's not Okay. So click on the brightness. Oh, sorry, that should happen. Sorry, I only wanted to change this, this layer to Okay, this layer to. Okay, Let me, let me rename it towards beam this. Bam, sorry. Beam, Let say beam lights. Okay. Is Bob. Let me rename Bob. Good. Now we have this one. This to affect the beam light. What do I do as you right? What you do create clipping mask, the fine it's going to affect only only only the soup. Click on this. Then try to try to adjust what's wrong with this. What has affected something else gone wrong. Something has really gone wrong. Okay. Now I want to troubleshoot that doesn't have a problem. Okay. Is the Bob, we have the bills. Let me try to bring this done. We have people legacy. Let contrast see what happened. Okay. Sorry. I'm I'm I don't need this is a break. Contrast? No. Okay. Okay. Okay. Have this. Okay. Sorry. Sorry. Very sorry for that so far that I've selected this already. Okay. And I use a hell satration adjustment layer first. It does recognized only the hem satration layer as affecting that layer two, which I changed to the beam light. Do you understand? So now, memo creating the brightness and contrast. Okay, then what happens? It doesn't recognize it. So firstly, let me change this to beam light again, as you said before. Beam light, then this is Bob. Now, the beam light. Then immediately I don't use as to avoid any mistake. Again, the brightness and adjustment. So when I adjust, you see it's just I was scared. What is happening. That's good. The color lock up everything, everything changes. It affects everything entirely, everything. But I don't want to use such a thing. And everything try to change to the sunset. Sunset, don't just fine. Go to brightness. Brightness. And what? Come over to filter. Okay, this is the mask. A modos comes the filter. And what's the Gaussian blow? Very, very nice. Is that okay? Let's wait and see. Okay, let's increase it more. Uh huh. Okay. So it is before end. What's in the after before end. After think. That's too much coby blow, blow again. In blow put blow. It's actually my function right now. I've been able to notice that, well, that's not a problem. So now we have before, after before, and the after, we can try to reduce the opacity of Sorry, I sat. The brightness contra gives you a passage brightness. Okay. But I don't want that. We have the before and what's the after? But there is something wrong with somebody. There is something wrong. Consigned this brightness. The brightness. Okay. It's not reducing. Okay, let me just contras it. So now we have this. Fine. Then comes to future, we need to do it a little by little, then just press on a layer mask. Then come to blow. No one is perfect. We face problems sometimes. Let's bring it via a good let. As I change it, however perfect I want to be, just okay, I think this is okay. Okay, so like the before and what's the after? Okay, the before and what's nicely there. After. Very perfect. Well, I think the light is going up too much and making it to be non realistic. So let me try to adjust, let me decrease. It has started again, so I have to just go back again. Trust, like going back in time. It's really something very serious. Something very serious. Just blow, it's my system or it's Photoshop. I just don't know. I think you should be okay. You should be perfect enough. Just going too much opposite. You should be okay. That's okay. Before wards, after perfect is the before end. After the before end, Very, very perfect. This is the before Wdtervery perfect. So now we have this like this, very perfect. For example, let me try changing it to what the late sun sets. Okay, Sun sets. Let's do this together. We have this better. Still. Do it like this and Perfect. That's okay. But let's change it back to the more light the way it's meant to be. Now we have, we have some perfect. I'll just go back from the sunset, from the day towards today. Moon light perfect. You can try to reduce, to reduce it to shine in some shining so good you can try to reduce the before. Perfect. I think I like it like this. It's perfect. We move to the net lecture after seeing the next lecture. 48. How to steal colours from anywhere: In this lecture I'm going to be showing you teaching you and putting you through how to use what we call the eyedropper tool to do to steal color. I repeat to color from any image all over the world where you get the image from, you can still it color and use it on your projects or whatever, you do it on Photoshop. Firstly, come to file, then open, come down. Okay. Okay. Downloads. Okay. Okay. Then go down, then we have Y then. Okay. So that's nice. It's already open, open, find got a problem. Now there's something called the hydrops way you can see drop. Just just look at the preview of what is happening. You can see, you can see just it's practicable and you can see my own what's happening. That is your cup slo is what is on it. I'm turning it on. I'm turning on like this turn on of the Cpl capsule. It's like an ink or something where you just point at something. When you point at a particular thing, whatever you want is going to be affected. There's a particular way you can do it. You'll be seeing whatever the color you're choosing. You'll be seeing them in real time. How do you click? You just don't click. Once you click old and drag around the image, you can see look at the foreground, look around the place and look at the foreground. Color. Click old, Old, and drag that. You're looking at the image little by little, even if the place is very small and very difficult to get a particular image, then click old and drag, and keep on moving. See what type of this is, something you want, then you drop it. Has chosen the image, how do you know? Good, probably you want to paint on something. Then come over to brush this brush to whatever the color you have here in the foreground. Color is what you're going to paint. Okay. Then click Odds and paint. You've stolen the color wherever you are. Whatever the image it is. Just let me control it. Just click on the Ydraper. Click on Say as I'm dragging around. Let me come to this Photoshop. You can see the Draper is what is on the blue, which is a PS, light blue, we put, you can see light blue. And on the dark navy blue background. Now you can see this is on the white. Now you can see on the gray. You can see on this edge of the color here. I would say to Don's, let me say it's a red stuff. You can see it's changing as it is pumping. Okay. This red stuff, wherever you are where you can see wooden and dragon, wherever you are steel, it would copy it, clone. It would replicate the color. You're good to go. You have it already present. Control zero. Let me use something, something something like this color. To use the brush, I'll try to create a new layer. Create a new layer, then use a brush to then try to increase or decrease out. Then right hand muscle of the button, then right muscle of the button. You old and drag, you can see that is the red contra. Another thing you can do is just come over to five new, okay? Just try to open a new document. Just open something like a landscape like this. Then press Create. Try zoom in the brush over. Perfect. Now I want to change the color. Okay, Okay, let's say something like to change the color of the inner part towards another color entirely. But from the feathers of this, do you come again to the drop? Let's click. Once it's okay, it's fine. It has chosen something. You click and, and I think just choosing something like this is okay. It's fine. It looks royal. Now we have that. It's copied already. It's copy already. What do you do? You come over here and change to brush to and what you paint over somewhere, no matter the color, you see this color. I love this color. I use this color. What is the X code? Is the color code of this color. You don't know what. You just take the eye dropper to try to move closer to wherever it is, then click it once the then does it. Does it very perfect. Perfect. Okay, that's perfect. That is it for using on how to use the eye dropper to still colors. I'll see you in the next lecture. 49. How to save, save as, save a copy and export images: This lecture I'm going to teach you how to save in Photoshop. Save us, okay. Save a copy, exports as a Jpeg file, as a PNG file. And why we really need to save in different formats at different time. Good. Now firstly, I need to add some layers to this. I need to add some things to this. Let me come over to the adjustment layer. Then after that I'm going to use a column look up. But before that come over, come to come to brightness and contrast. The brightness and contrast to be below. Okay, good. You just click, hold and drag down the brightness. Then what do you do? You click and drag. Nice. No, I don't want the brightness. I want what I want the contrast. Because brightness brightens the eye lights. Okay. Makes it wide. Something like that. And when you decreases, it decreases. But what about contrast? As I've explained before, the contrast, those words, it increases, increases the contrast. It increases the eye light and increase the contrast. Okay? It makes the eye lights light and makes the shadows darker. Okay. When you reduce it, it's makes the eye lights less light and makes the shadows less darker. Okay. I now want to use the contrast. I think I like it like this is okay. Let me see. This is the before and words and after perfect. I think it's too much. Okay. This is the before and the after. Perfect. Now, time for the color. Look up, color look up. Let's sunset compulsory. I'd go back to using It's not composure. Go bag using the moon lights. Okay. We've done that already somewhere. So this sunset is nice and okay for us right now. Good, perfect. So now for you to save something, come over to file, Save, save a copy. Quick export as PNG exports as experts prefers. Save for web. What do I use? That's the problem. It's very simple. You can just say one or two and that's all you find. Good to go. Now, what do you do, Ester, with this save? When you, when you click Save, you're trying, you want to save the PSD, which PSD means Photoshop documents. You want to save the old Photoshop documents, whatever is embedded in whatever you use, the layers called the work space, the editing of the image right here, okay? You want to save everything and everything becomes in that you can come back after 1020 years and words, you would meet it there and you can make some little adjustments to what to whatever you let the years ago or weeks ago, months ago, seconds, minutes, hours ago. Do you understand now, I think this is the name Ten, Moonlight, Moonlight Light, something like that. Then you can see the layers are checked. That is, the layers are going to, are also going to be saved. Okay? You can see this is not checked. The reason why because when you save as a copy, you save as Jpeg, Peng and you just like normal paper, just like a paper, it's like one paper. It can't be edited again. You can't edit it again when you save as a copy, but when you save as a, as a PSD file or when you just say you save normally as a PSD file, what happens? You can come back after some time and what, and make changes to it and save again. You come click. When you click, you say, tons of you don't need everything. Don't need to memorize. Don't ago. Whenever you're saving what you need most specialize. What is a PSD? Photoshop. That is SD means Photoshop, documents you don't need, you don't need this ones. Sometimes you can save it. Iff it's more recommendable just you save it. What to shop, then let's save it. Now you can choose the destination. I think the Dex should be my destination. You can see there are some Photoshop you see when we save this is going to be like, it's going to have an icon like SPS. Okay, so the 100 moonlight moonlight lights. Then what we save, you see it's maximum compatibility. Just click on. Okay. And you see down here when I click on. Okay, let's say you see down here, I think it's yeah. Yeah. It's going to be like be reading the percentage, like it's saving already. You see when you see down there, you can see it's 9% saving and it's all going just. Come over here, you can see Ten Moonlight. It's saved when I just come over and over. And what happens? You can see type a way, Photoshop image 24. What? Psd five. Okay, good. Now come over here. But what is save? You can see it is now great. You can't click on it. It except I make an adjustment. For example, let me click. And what? I bring this down. Okay. Then what do I do? Come back and do what? To save. I compress on controls, fine. But because I made a new adjustment, so I have to do what I have to save it. When I save, nothing happens. It is added this over. Okay. It is not creating a new thing. It is added to it. Okay. Again, make a new move. Let me use something like this. I use something like this. I want to, not something you see an steric star that is, it's telling you that new movements, new things, new adjustments have been made to this PSD Photoshop documents where you have been saved. You can see the aster. You can press control S, or you come over here to save. There you see the asteric words disappears. You can see saving. You can see the Aster. Then make hand adjustment. Click and drag the scope, Change back to change back to sunset. You can see I've made new adjustment. What I want, you can see the Aster is back. And you can see this is not faded away, It is what it is. Then click the St is nowhere to be found. It's saved. Then you come over here, you can see the save. Canon can't be pressed again. It's not, it's now grade. That is, everything is saved, It's now well intact. That's what save means, generally. Now, talking about save us, when you're saving us, you also save as PSD potential documents, or you save As. But the reason why there is a difference between safe and safe as is that now we're working on this. We can edit it even after we come after ten years and reopen it. Or you send this PSD file, this file, send it to someone that has Photoshop on our system. Then he or she can open it, then keep on editing whatever you've edited before. Probably he or she says, as all the rubbish is nonsense, they help you. Probably an amateur just starting you design something, save it as PSD file and give to someone to help you edit and make it more, better and more, okay. Okay. It can be done. So that is what save actually us and save us. Now the difference is now that I have this over here, this mine, I've saved it. What I've saved this already has mine on my system. But probably I want to send to someone I want to have a duplicate of this, and it must be a PSD fail. Do you do, you don't save again? Because you can't be able to save again. All you do, you save us. So we're going to tell you you want to save us. Okay, good. It's going to maintain everything's, going to maintain everything here. But the thing is that the save stands as save. If I save this with the same name, it to prompt me, you can see already. Okay, Do you want to replace? No. What do you do you try to change that? Oh, I'm sending this word to a client. So let's say with what? Oh, sorry. That's what clients the words will save it to the text of the word save. You'll see what happens to you can just see compatible. Okay, it's saving a good. Then just come out and see what we have this and what we have clients. Let me bring it down here. We have this and we have clients that is you've saved. But once you see, once you save, you can't save something. That same thing again, except you save us. Okay. That is, you save us. Over here you can see you can't kill this again. So you can't save this, send to someone. Except to use save us, I can do it f time again. Then I'll just say product to clients. I did the same thing for. I'll say what clients to what I'm saying to Dektoplsos five. As per the fave, save me what happens? It's just present. Okay. It's what it would save clients. You can see you can keep on saving and saving and they are all Photoshop document. But when you click on them, you can open them and edit. When you send to the clients one he or she can edit it. When you send to the clients, she can edit it to their own. And you also still have your own which you can edit after months, after days. Okay. But your own was worth was saved, D was worth was saved us. Because you can save two things. In one thing, the only thing you can use to save us and you have to change the name. I hope it clear. Good. Now going to save a copy, I think you should have heard about J peg. Png and the like. When you want to save us, it's only going to save what is on the canvas. It's not going to save the old Photoshop documents. It's not going to save all the color lookup. It's not going to save the color lookup layer. Mask adjustment layer is not going to save the brightness and contrast adjustment layer isn't going to save this layer. It doesn't save layers. It saves only whatever is on the canvas which you've adjusted, which you've edited. Okay, so let's come over here to five that those are the differences. Let's come over here to five. We're not saving us. We only need just a copy. Just normal paper. Even if it is sub copy, that's all we need. We don't want something we can edit or probably you just want to show people something. You don't want to see how you've designed. You don't want them to see the secret behind your design. Just save a copy of your export. We'll come to export. Save a copy Or you need to understand what let me just say picture image. I've given it a name and it's going to land in the Txt. But just come over here and see what happens. Don't save us PSD. You can even try to remember that when we choose to save and save, the layers was selected. But now what is selected as a copy is now selected because it's understands that what you are saving what as a copy, what do we do? We don't choose PSD. You either choose what's Jpegs, PNG, some other ones actually Peg and G is more use. Now what is the difference between Don't choose the Peg. Don't choose this one. Just choose the first one. The first one is. Okay. What are the differences between Jpeg and PNG? Peg is a particular type of image that has a background, it owns a background. Why PNG doesn't have a background? Those are the type of images, these are the type of icons that are, that are transparent. That is, the icons exists, what is what the background is, what transparent. Now we have to understand something that when you're trying to save a copy, we're trying to export, When something is P, save it as P. Actually, sometimes people say Jpeg as PNG, normal image that has a aground save it as PNG because it has been tested that when you save an image as PNG, it's sharper, it's clearer than saving an image as Jpeg. Fine, that's not a problem. I've done some tests on that also. It's actually correct, but I still save as Jpeg most times because there are sometimes when you want to upload some images online, it's only accept, Peg. The PNG won't be accepted in what it won't even show because the computer understands. Now what I'm trying to say now is when you have an image with a background, okay, and you come over here to, this is what we call file format, the save as type. And it has a background, it's more preferable, you save it as a peg. If it has a background you can save it as as a PNG also, that's fine. But the thing is that when you have an image, or an icon or something that doesn't have a background, the only option you have is what Save as PNG, because when you save it as Peg, it would automatically create for that icon, or for that image, a background. And you lost at lost, Don't forget Jpeg. Save as Jpeg. What has been said, which have actually testified to it, I've actually made a tested, it's that when you want to save a JP, save as J from, but you can save as PNG, which is much sharper than JP when you're saving as a PNG. Some websites don't recognize it. Not just that they don't recognize it, it won't show on the website. It might be very heavy, something like that. But when you're talking about an image that doesn't have a background, an icon without a background or whatever it is, without a bacgand that has a transparent background. When you want to save as a copy or you want to export it or you choose PNG, don't choose peg. When you choose PNG, it releases, it exports, saved as a copy, as without any background. But when you mistakenly save it with Jpeg and it doesn't have a background, Peg would automatically give it a background That's clear. Now we have per gear and we can actually save it. That's image, you can actually come over. Just leave this. You don't need to suggest the highest quality swaps, maximum. Okay, large fight. Just leave it like that. Preview, fine. We don't need to preview, but okay, just leave everything and just press okay. Posts done the best they can do. Then what do you do? We have the image, you can see it here. Bring it here. What do you do? You double click twice, then you see this is, this is an image you can see. Come over photos, image that is Peg perfect. Just control the tight zone. See something like this. Okay. It is not a just over and see what it is. A fee Peg Photoshop image, Photoshop image. You can even see the icon. It's different. You can see what is inside of this 13. You can what, you can see what's inside. But you can see this because it's, it's a normal image. Now, apart from that t come over here and do the last one, which is what exports. When you're talking about exports save for web, it's okay, fine. But when you're save for Web, you can use PNG. Okay? You use Peg more preferable. But finally you use PNG might be accepted export for it's not really necessary. Export preferential. It's not really necessary for now everything is set and it goes well. This quick export as PNG. I don't use it often because anything you want to export as PNG is also what is also in the export. No need to use this on just what. Just come over to what to export as. Then it brings a dialogue box. Then from there we can choose whether we want to choose. Export is also like as a copy. It just almost the same thing. I don't see any difference in it. You just don't take export immediately. Do you come over to pegs or PNG you prepare, which is give, fine, fine, fine. It depends on you, but I don't save savors Jpegs and PNG. Okay, my very slow. Jpeg and high quality. I can try to bring these increases bots, I think the six is okay. Let's leave it like that. With ice, everything is there. Just leave all these ones. Don't touch it. It's more comparable. Leave it. What's, what's the exports, right? It's good to go. This is saving as clients to let me try to change again. I want to select exports. We see it would pop up for me to change the name of the, so a good say CCC. Ccc. Then what's goes to desktop then saving, decstop. You can see good. You can see just J J five. Don't forget, this is, this is save, save. This is saved as a copy. This is exports everything. That is how they look. I think you've been able to understand what I meant by everything I did. I'll see you in the next section of this tutorial video. Thank you. 50. Where to download images from: Section I want to teach. I want to show you the way where to download images from. For example, you did the backgrounds backgrounds, HD background, very clear backgrounds. That would help you in making work faster. That would help you in changing colors, blending colors of different images together, using text with things and the lights, you can get images. Even probably for the only use markups and the places you would get perfect images free of chart, you just sign, sign up to the website or actually you want to become a premium member. Okay. The first website you're going to very much popular website splash. Just come over splash. Just enter or you just use splash or just go to Google straight. Just back. Just go to Google and you press splash, splash, splash. Why am I pressing things like this splash, you just come over, you see what's splash and just go straight to the point. Here we have splash, this is it. You can just scroll down. Okay, there are different images, different things you can use when you want to blend colors, changing color, anything, or even use a particular image for your clients or practice by downloading images, you can come over, you can see, you can see three D, Render animals. Okay. Experimental fashion and beauty, film nature. Let's select nature. Let me try to zoom so you can be able to see perfectly. Okay. You can see different. Probably you want to take some color from stick up some colors from here, select some things. Try to change colors of things. Something like the strike chain color of the. Apart from that, we have, we have blaming zoom, okay. Have different images of people. We have animals. Just come over here, just click on this. You can type background background. It brings out most of the images here are free, but some are for premium members where you're going to pay for it. You can see on Splash, when you see anything like Splash Plus it is what premium you have to pay for it. Okay. If it say something like this, you want, you want to blend a text on this. You can just click here. And what's down? Just click on it first. What do you do? You come over to download. You can try to What type of small, medium, or large? Just click download it to download. The best quality for you. I'm not going to. Okay, let me download. Sees download in showing, say thanks, you can design, say thanks to the person that's upload this image by copying the person's link or saying thank you to them or something like that. There are other images that you can see that is related to whatever you've downloaded. Let's go back. You can download this, try to blend this with an image, just something, Just try to, just try to download something. You can actually search for colorful background, color, background. The springs are different type of backgrounds. Some of the things I use in this tutorial was downed from this on Splash.com Okay, splash, you can actually build more. Apart from that we have on the website called free. I so much love Frettress would automatically go there. To me. I use it like the best to. I don't know the best to use it often. Let's just say almost everything as premium things. Premium things. But when you premium premium member, you can download as like 100 per day. Okay, 100 part. But even the member you should sign in, you should sign up. When you sign up to the website, what happens then? You would have access to downloading ten resources, ten resources pad, only ten resources per Dy. When you sign up, you have vectors, you have photos, you have videos, okay? As you see I just over over it. And it's actually moving. Different things, different things are showing, okay? We have PSD, we have template things. But what do we need? We need images, things to blend together with. What's it called? You want to blend colors And the lex just colorful, wrong colorful background you have it shows you download it straightforward. You can see very beautiful backgrounds. To download very well, back see the one with crows. I would add it for the premium. When you click on this, you can't download it except premium member, you can just go premium. How beautiful it is. When you blending is something, it looks perfect. Great. We have different things. You can actually download blend it and you can see others. Other things you can have over here. Other also, let's go back. You can download marks on this website. This website is very, very perfect. Okay? There's anything you searching for. Anything, landscape, drawing, environmental things, a lot of things find them here and they are perfect. Probably unique images of, let me say fruits or let me just say images. Okay, let me just say images, don't need this. Say images, okay. Different things. A lot of things. A lot of Let's say nature. Nature. Let's say nature. It's loading. Sorry. Network is not fast. Perfectly like that. Sorry my Mike friend, sorry for that. You have different things. You can actually change your color contrast. Try to something like this. Try to change the contrast of things around here. Try there are several things you can do. Change the colors. Okay? Blend images. Change the colors. Blend the colors. Try to make the image, try to make it cool, different from the way it was before. Something like instance for premium users, things you can actually download artistic designs, things like that, and try to use posterize hood. Try to use different things under the adjustment layer. Perfectly good to go and everything goes, wow, I so much lost something like this. Nice landscape looks beautiful and very beautiful. There are a lot of things you can actually look at here. Let's go to the other website which is, it's almost similar to the free pick websites Was Pixella, Almost like the same thing. You can download images, you can download videos. This is for you. Just come over here for photos. Download photos, songs in Premier Pro and the likes. Okay, here we actually want to download photos. This is for video, it's actually loading. It's changing from the video to the photo section over here. Yeah, it has changed to the photo. What's wrong? It's still video. Okay, let me reload. The network is not that fast. Still saying video and once, okay, come over here again. Good photos. Now we have different photos. We can talk about nature again, talk about cars or something like that. Nature, let me shuttle bits. You can see something like this. You can download from here to end. It's very perfect. You have things that you can download from. Okay. Nature, photograph, travel, beauty, summer grass, things like that, places you can download images from that would actually help you. A apart from that, we have other ones. Like another place we can go to is what Pin interest probably you would have heard about Pinterest. Pinterest. I can't really download from pin. You can get ideas from pin. I want something like this. This is cool. Something like this is nice interest, something like this is cool. Something like this is nice. You can see different inspiration on how to like. Maybe you're into compositing a designer, graphic designer, web designer and like different things that you want to like this. I like the composition, I like the way the atmosphere is something like that. Several things. You can actually let me come over here and just colors, you can see different beautiful things that would actually make you more understand about hue saturation and the saturation and brightness which contains the lightness and darkness. So different things that would actually help you in understanding color. Fire. Following the tutorial and following everything. Check the workbook and make sure you can see something like this. Perfect. I so much love this. Use less like changing the colors, using the hue, saturation adjustment layer. Something like this. Very beautiful. This is splendid. Seriously nice one, so much love this pin. Interest is a place whereby you can actually get ideas. You can see something like this. You can see very beautiful, very perfect. I love this. It's very. Color, very colorful. These are places, these are place you can get ideas from. Just keep on scrolling down, the ideas, keep on coming out. Just keep it up. Just keep scrolling down the ideas keep on coming. This would actually help you more and understand what color is the heal, the saturation, 10% 100% saturation. Things like that. Out to blend colors out of the changing colors of anything you can see, the images, they are what they are saturated. The 100% yellow, 100% pink or blue or purple or something like that has been saturated. You try to compare with this. Try compare, try to compare this with this. You can see the will help you understand more about color. As a graphic designer, web designer, design as a visual designer, designing things pre venture, you need this particular image. Just come over here. The website is here. Just you click on it. It takes you to the website. From a website you can be able to dol, probably. It's paid or free probably. It depends, come over here to download and you've been allowed something like that. You can see very perfect. Just like, wow, wow. Wow. I so much love something like this. Probably you've been allowed to download. Okay. This is perfect and very much okay. You keep on scrolling down and scrolling something. This is perfect. Just taking the color of these things makes it looks beautiful. It's colorful and nice. Perfect. So much love this. Wow. So much love this. N1n1. It looks good and perfect. The colors are very much okay. Very much okay. Just get inspiration from things like this. You're good to go. Perfect. Good to go. Now let's go to other website. Come over here, we can actually check on the website, which you can check Google itself. Okay. Just click over here. And click what you click. Okay. You can actually come over here and click Search. Just colors. You can see it brings, it's just click on Images. Then there are colors here for you to, for you to study, for you to learn. Just to buttress more, just to emphasize more, just for you to have much more knowledge consigning color. And the legs, just just click on something, click on something like this, then you have this. Then move to their website because you can just download unknowingly, probably copyright. And so you won't be penalized. So you click on this visit, the website they attached to Pin interests, that the photos can be seen on Pin interest. Just accept this. Just something like this. This is perfect. Perfect. This will actually more on your understanding about Google is actually also a very important resource, a very important such engine for you. Apart from that, we have another website we're going to be checking is the Pixel website. Actually we have that is pixie good. This website also we can find images, we can find images to use that would actually help us in a long run. We have this, you see different on nature, water, background, sky, and the lights just keep on. Just move. You can see this look at how the color is being structured. Colors are blended together. Color that are in line together. Something. You can get inspiration from this. You can see, can try to download one. And what, trying to change the color, using the saturation adjustment layer. Using the selection tool to select. And seven, you can get videos from your things like that. Okay, let's look at how this image looks like. Okay. Been able to blend with, with, with warm color. The cool color is used for the sky. This is very perfect. These are things you can change the most, especially the Hello satration adjustment layer. You can blend using a blend mode. And you can even discover more. Try to check more, okay? A lot of images going down, you keep on going down, things like that, okay? Then you can try to just come over, try to select all images, you see photos, illustrations, vectors, and like that's another website you can actually check into. Another one you can check into. We have LICK's just presently and it takes you there. It's very easy. I think. It's only just like one, what's it called? Just like a landing page or something like that and it changes. But what happens is that let's try to search something. Let's try to search for colors. Okay? Then press Tee. What happens? Let's see what happens. Okay, fine, good. Okay, you can see something like this. Nice. Okay. Okay, good. There are like a whole lot of things here that can actually help you download image, try to get inspirations from and see how it works. See how it's been blended, Download backgrounds that would help you, okay, in blending an image with another image and interacting images together also way to discover colors to change. Just download something and try to change the color and see how which looks like. Occasionally icon the saturation adjustment layer. Right and the like, all you can get images from which would help you in the long run, it's very perfect. Another website we should be looking at is stock. Okay. Very popular website also Stock.com.to.com style. Felt. Actually I'm not a fan. The website I use mostly is just coming to splash. What's it called? Splash.com Also come to splash. Just come come to free pick. I'm very much used to pick, So much love anything, so much love them. Actually, anything I want is been delivered to me. Like anything. I need the mark up using them in photo, shapes them. In some other programs, it gives me the perfect perfect. I mean, the perfect things. I want to I'm not used to every other website except from this one. When you want to use the stock website as it's okay, it's fine. The stock website is fine. It's okay. But I'm not used to using websites like this. I use splash often, so you can get whatever you want to get here. Also, you can get videos, you can get images, illustrations, vectors. You can try to search. Just keep on moving down. And it's a popular website as a very popular website also. Okay. It's okay. It's okay. Let's let's find another website also. Website. There are tons of websites, but just try to use 2345. It's okay. Not too much. Let me give you another website. Which is what? Free Images, Freeimages.com Okay. Yes. We have shutter stock also. This reminds me we have shutter stock, but I don't know why it's not bringing there's a website called Free Image. Good, free images, let me Okay. All right. Click on this and open a new tab. I'm coming back to that. Let's go to Free images first. Free images also. We can get images of whatever we want. Like nature, you see different things, perfect different things. I'm nice to this website, Let's check on shutter stock also. Shooter stock is world wide. I repeat, world well known. I don't think there is any free image even in she stock. Everything. I think everything is premium. Everything here is premium. Just come to all images, some everything is just search for nature. You click over nature. Everything is premium for what? I know you can't just download just anyhow. Because the class, when you just click free with Try, let's see what happens. You need to sign in things like that. But I know everything in shot stock is not free. Free at all. Not free from my experience, from I've linked before, but I don't see stock more like that. You can see your e mail. Okay, fine. Probably when you sign in and I'm not signing it, I don't need to sign it. But they have high quality images to very high quality images. And it's nice, It's perfect. It looks good and okay, very, even the unit. I love this image. I think I'm going to sign, I need the images image is perfect. So much, so much It can see, you can see a lot of, a lot of images. Lots of images shot of stock is very good. Okay. You can see lots of images. Wow, this is perfect. These images are something, They are beautiful, beautiful. You can come over here just understanding nature colors out. You can see colors like this. It's green and blended and blues, whereby you use the gradient map where by using gradient adjustment layer, something like this, that will help you in blending things together. It's very nice and you see even move next. I love this so much. Love this. Perfect, perfect, very perfect. I think this should be the last one we will be looking at. Although there are much more websites which you would see in the workbook. It'll be written in the workbook for you to just stop the internet and see them some other ones, but I think we've been able to 123 456-789-1011 12 we tried, we've been able to check 12. You can't even use everything but the one I can advise you to use. Mostly splash, splash, free pick pixel, pay interest when you want ideas and you can use Google. Naturally we use Google Pixel. Just use everything. Freak flick, flick stock stock but okay, fine people, it's preference, stop free images then words then shoot off stock. That is it for this section concerning where to download images from. We move to the last section. I see you there guys. 51. Conclusion: We have come to the end of this course. Thank you for taking this course. By now, you are almost becoming a pro in blinding and changing colors of anything anywhere in Photoshop. Try to be consistent and keep practicing. Also, more of my courses are upcoming. Try as much as possible to also enroll for the courses. Thank you for taking this course. Lastly, stay creative.